Lifeline Ask-It Basket Questions and Answers - Overeaters Anonymous
Lifeline Ask-It Basket Questions and Answers - Overeaters Anonymous
Lifeline Ask-It Basket Questions and Answers - Overeaters Anonymous
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
<strong>Lifeline</strong> <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong> <strong>Questions</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Answers</strong><br />
The following topics are addressed in the questions <strong>and</strong> answers below:<br />
ABSTINENCE—A DEFINITION OF ........................................................................................................1<br />
ABSTINENCE—AS PRIMARY PURPOSE .............................................................................................1<br />
ABSTINENCE—BACK TO BACK ...............................................................................................................2<br />
ABSTINENCE—CLAIMING WHILE GAINING WEIGHT ..............................................................3<br />
ABSTINENCE—MEANING OF “GOING TO ANY LENGTHS” .....................................................3<br />
ABSTINENCE—REPLACED AS TOOL BY PLAN OF EATING .....................................................4<br />
ABSTINENCE WITH PLAN OF EATING TOOL .................................................................................4<br />
ANONYMITY—AS TOOL ..............................................................................................................................5<br />
ANONYMITY—ADDRESSES/NAMES OF RETREAT PARTICIPANTS ...................................6<br />
ANONYMITY—IN PHOTOS ........................................................................................................................7<br />
ANONYMITY—IN PHOTOS AND VIDEO TAPES .............................................................................8<br />
ANONYMITY—LAST NAMES .....................................................................................................................9<br />
ANONYMITY—NAMES AND PHOTOS IN NEWSPAPERS ...........................................................9<br />
ANONYMITY—RELAPSE ...........................................................................................................................11<br />
ANONYMITY—TRADITION TWELVE ..................................................................................................12<br />
ANONYMITY—TRADITIONS ELEVEN AND TWELVE .................................................................13<br />
ANONYMITY—WHEN WRITING PROFESSIONALLY .................................................................13<br />
ANOREXIC AND TRADITION EIGHT .................................................................................................14<br />
ASK-IT BASKET QUESTIONS—ANSWERED PERSONALLY? .................................................15<br />
ASK-IT BASKET QUESTIONS—APPROPRIATE KINDS ............................................................16<br />
ATHEIST—SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE .................................................................................................16<br />
ATTRACTION ..................................................................................................................................................17<br />
BIRTHDAYS—FIRST DAY ABSTINENCE OR FIRST DAY ATTENDENCE .........................18<br />
BOARD OF TRUSTEES—ABOUT ............................................................................................................18<br />
BYLAWS—INTERGROUP’S NEED FOR ..............................................................................................19<br />
CHILDREN—AT MEETINGS OR BABYSITTING ............................................................................20<br />
CHILDREN—BABYSITTING FEES AND BREAKING SEVENTH TRADITION ..................20<br />
CHILDREN—BABYSITTING FEES/SEVENTH TRADITION/OTHER USE OF MONEY 21<br />
COMPULSIVE OVEREATER—RECOVERING OR RECOVERED ...............................................21<br />
CONCEPTS—TWELVE CONCEPTS OF OA SERVICE ....................................................................22<br />
CONCEPTS—TWELVE CONCEPTS OF OA SERVICE PAMPHLET ..........................................23<br />
i
CONFIDENTIALITY—FIFTH STEP .......................................................................................................23<br />
CONFRONTATION OF INTERGROUP PARTICIPANTS .............................................................24<br />
COPYRIGHT—GUIDELINES (SOME PARTS OUTDATED AS OF MAY 2001) .................25<br />
CROSS TALK—A DEFINITION ...............................................................................................................26<br />
CROSS TALK—FURTHER CLARIFICATION .....................................................................................27<br />
CROSS TALK—VERSUS DISCUSSION ...............................................................................................28<br />
CROSS TALK—VERSUS SHARING .......................................................................................................29<br />
DELEGATE—FUNDING ...............................................................................................................................30<br />
DELEGATE—REPORTS ...............................................................................................................................30<br />
EMAIL AT WORK ..........................................................................................................................................31<br />
ENTERTAINMENT COUPON BOOKS ...................................................................................................31<br />
EXERCISE .........................................................................................................................................................32<br />
GROUP CONSCIENCE—NEEDLEWORK .............................................................................................32<br />
GROUP CONSCIENCE—TRADITION ONE ........................................................................................33<br />
GROUPS—A DEFINITION ........................................................................................................................34<br />
HOW—ACTIONS IN AN AREA ...............................................................................................................34<br />
HOW—GROUPS AND FOOD PLANS ....................................................................................................35<br />
HOW—HOW CONCEPT AND TRADITIONS VIOLATIONS .......................................................36<br />
INTERGROUP SERVICES—SUPPORTED BY SEVENTH TRADITION .................................37<br />
JOURNALS AND DEATH ............................................................................................................................38<br />
LETTERS FORWARDED FROM WSO ...................................................................................................40<br />
LIFELINE IN TWELFTH-STEP WORK ................................................................................................41<br />
LITERATURE—APPROVAL AND TRADITION SIX .......................................................................41<br />
LITERATURE—COST OF OA’S “TWELVE AND TWELVE” .........................................................42<br />
LITERATURE—HOW DIFFERENT SYMPTOMS ARE ADDRESSED .......................................43<br />
LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED AND OUTSIDE ISSUES ...............................................44<br />
LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED AND TRADITION SIX ..................................................44<br />
LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED: CITING IN MEETING .................................................45<br />
LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED: OFFERING IN MEETINGS ........................................45<br />
LITERATURE—ORDERING FROM HAZELDEN ...............................................................................46<br />
LITERATURE—PAYING FOR PAMPHLETS AND SEVENTH TRADITION ..........................46<br />
LITERATURE—USE OF WORD “GOD” IN ........................................................................................47<br />
MAILING LISTS ............................................................................................................................................48<br />
MANDATE .........................................................................................................................................................48<br />
MEDICAL ADVICE/MEDICATION ........................................................................................................49<br />
ii
MEETING GUIDELINES .............................................................................................................................50<br />
MEETING RECORD .......................................................................................................................................50<br />
MEETINGS—ANNOUNCEMENTS ...........................................................................................................51<br />
MEETINGS—ANNOUNCING SOCIAL EVENTS ...............................................................................52<br />
MEETINGS—ATTENDANCE ......................................................................................................................53<br />
MEETINGS—BORED IN .............................................................................................................................54<br />
MEETINGS—CLOSING ...............................................................................................................................55<br />
MEETINGS—“DIGNITY OF CHOICE” FOCUS WITHOUT EXCLUDING MEMBERS .....55<br />
MEETINGS—FOOD AS TOPIC ................................................................................................................56<br />
MEETINGS—FOOD: MENTIONING SPECIFIC FOODS IN MEETINGS ..............................57<br />
MEETINGS—FOOD: MENTIONING SPECIFIC FOODS IN MEETINGS AND LIFELINE<br />
...............................................................................................................................................................................57<br />
MEETINGS—FOOD (REFRESHMENTS) AT MEETINGS .............................................................58<br />
MEETINGS—GRAY SHEET .......................................................................................................................59<br />
MEETINGS—HEALTHY OR STRONG? ................................................................................................60<br />
MEETINGS—READING FAX, EMAIL OR READING STORY FROM IG NEWSLETTER 61<br />
MEETINGS—REMOVING SPECIAL-INTEREST DESCRIPTORS FROM MEETINGS<br />
LIST .....................................................................................................................................................................61<br />
MEETINGS—RINGING CELL PHONES ...............................................................................................62<br />
MEETINGS—SHARING ..............................................................................................................................63<br />
MEETINGS—SHARING-REQUIREMENTS IMPOSED ..................................................................63<br />
MEETINGS—SHARING REQUIREMENTS VERSUS TRADITIONS .......................................64<br />
MEETINGS—SPECIAL INTEREST/FOCUS MEETINGS ..............................................................65<br />
MEETINGS—STARTING A NEW MEETING ......................................................................................65<br />
MEETINGS—STEERING COMMITTEES .............................................................................................66<br />
MEETINGS—THEATER-STYLE SEATING ..........................................................................................67<br />
MEETINGS—TIMEKEEPING ....................................................................................................................67<br />
MEMBERS—DIFFICULT AND/OR DISRUPTIVE ...........................................................................68<br />
MEMBERS—LONGTIMERS .......................................................................................................................69<br />
MEMBERS—NEGATIVE OA MEMBER OR DUMPING ..................................................................70<br />
MEMBERSHIP RETENTION—MEMBERSHIP DECLINE AND INTERGROUP SERVICE<br />
...............................................................................................................................................................................70<br />
MEMBERSHIP RETENTION—REASONS FOR MEMBERSHIP DECLINE ............................71<br />
MESSAGE OF OA—PRIMARY MESSAGE ...........................................................................................72<br />
MESSAGE OF OA—WHAT IS IT? ..........................................................................................................72<br />
NEWCOMERS—MEETING .........................................................................................................................73<br />
iii
NEWCOMERS—PACKETS ..........................................................................................................................73<br />
OTHER TWELVE-STEP PROGRAMS ....................................................................................................73<br />
OUTREACH—FINANCIAL SUPPORT TO NEW GROUPS ...........................................................74<br />
OUTREACH—TO GROUPS IN OUTLYING AREAS ........................................................................75<br />
OUTSIDE ISSUES—ANNOUNCING FUNCTION AT MEETING ...............................................75<br />
OUTSIDE ISSUES—NON-OA REQUESTS AT MEETINGS .........................................................76<br />
OUTSIDE ISSUES—RELIGION ..............................................................................................................77<br />
OUTSIDE ISSUES—TALKING IN MEETINGS ABOUT NON-OA ORGANIZATIONS ...77<br />
OUTSIDE ISSUES—TENANTS’ MEETING ........................................................................................79<br />
OUTSIDE OPINIONS ..................................................................................................................................79<br />
OUTSIDE SPEAKERS—IN GROUPS ....................................................................................................80<br />
OUTSIDE SPEAKERS—AT MARATHONS ..........................................................................................80<br />
PLAN OF EATING—PRESCRIBED ........................................................................................................81<br />
PHYSICAL RECOVERY— “RECOVERED” OVEREATER ..............................................................81<br />
PHYSICAL RECOVERY—WHY IT’S IMPORTANT .........................................................................82<br />
POLICY STATEMENTS ...............................................................................................................................82<br />
POWERLESS OVER FOOD BUT HAVE CONTROL .........................................................................83<br />
PRAYER—LORD’S PRAYER .....................................................................................................................84<br />
PRAYER—HP’S WILL, NOT SELF-WILL ............................................................................................85<br />
PRAYER—SERENITY PRAYER ...............................................................................................................85<br />
PUBLIC INFORMATION—ANONYMITY AND TRADITIONS ELEVEN AND TWELVE .86<br />
PUBLIC INFORMATION—CAMPAIGN ...............................................................................................87<br />
PUBLIC INFORMATION—LIMIT TO MEMBERS ONLY AND ADVERTISE EVENTS TO<br />
PUBLIC ..............................................................................................................................................................88<br />
PUBLIC INFORMATION—LIMITED BUDGET .................................................................................89<br />
PUBLIC INFORMATION—PHYSICAL RECOVERY REQUIREMENT .....................................90<br />
PUBLIC INFORMATION—PUBLIC AWARENESSS CAMPAIGN ............................................92<br />
PUBLIC INFORMATION—RADIO AND TV ANNOUNCEMENTS ............................................93<br />
SALES AT OA EVENTS ...............................................................................................................................93<br />
SERVICE—ABLE TO DO IF UNABLE TO ATTEND MEETINGS ...............................................94<br />
SERVICE—BURN OUT ................................................................................................................................95<br />
SERVICE—INVOLVING LONGTIMERS IN INTERGROUP ........................................................95<br />
SERVICE—POSITIONS AND LOSING ABSTINENCE .................................................................95<br />
SERVICE—POSITIONS REQUIREMENTS AND TRADITION THREE ..................................96<br />
SERVICE—ROTATION OF ........................................................................................................................96<br />
iv
SEVENTH TRADITION—ALLOCATION ..............................................................................................97<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—ADDITIONAL COLLECTIONS AND BABYSITTING .................98<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—CONTRIBUTIONS ....................................................................................99<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—FREE RENT ..................................................................................................99<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—MEETING IN HOME ...............................................................................100<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—PHOTOCOPYING ....................................................................................100<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—TREASURER’S REPORT .......................................................................101<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—TREASURER’S REPORT AND RIGHT TO KNOW ....................102<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—TWO DOLLAR DONATION .................................................................102<br />
SLIP VERSUS RELAPSE ..........................................................................................................................105<br />
SPEAKERS LIST ..........................................................................................................................................106<br />
SPIRITUALITY .............................................................................................................................................107<br />
SPLINTER GROUPS ...................................................................................................................................107<br />
SPONSORS—A DEFINITION OF .........................................................................................................108<br />
SPONSORS—ANONYMITY OF .............................................................................................................108<br />
SPONSORS—FOR YOUNG PEOPLE ...................................................................................................109<br />
SPONSORS—NEED FOR ..........................................................................................................................110<br />
SPONSORS—NOT ABSTINENT ............................................................................................................111<br />
SPONSORS—PREPARING TO BE ONE ............................................................................................112<br />
SPONSORS—PROPER ROLE .................................................................................................................112<br />
SPONSORS—SPONSORING OPPOSITE SEX AND THIRTEENTH STEPPING .............113<br />
SPONSORS—SPONSORS ONLINE .....................................................................................................114<br />
SPONSORS—TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS ABSTINENCE REQUIREMENT FOR<br />
SPONSORSHIP AND SERVICE ............................................................................................................114<br />
STEPS—CHANGE WORD “GOD” IN STEPS AND TRADITIONS .........................................115<br />
STEPS—CHANGE WORD “HE” TO “HE OR SHE” .......................................................................116<br />
STEPS—STEP PRINCIPLES ...................................................................................................................116<br />
STEPS—STEP-STUDY GROUP ..............................................................................................................117<br />
TELEPHONE ANSWERING SERVICE ................................................................................................118<br />
THIRTEENTH STEPPERS—HOW TO CAUTION THEM .............................................................118<br />
THIRTEENTH STEPPERS—SPONSOR, SPONSOREE ................................................................119<br />
TOOLS—CREATION OF ...........................................................................................................................120<br />
TOOLS—PAMPHLET OUTDATED, REWRITTEN OR SHORTENED .....................................121<br />
TOOLS—USING OUTDATED PAMPHLET ........................................................................................121<br />
TRADITIONS—AND BYLAWS ..............................................................................................................122<br />
v
TRADITIONS—BREAKS OF DURING SHARES ............................................................................122<br />
TRADITIONS—PROTECTING ...............................................................................................................123<br />
TRADITIONS—TRADITION FOUR, AUTONOMY ........................................................................124<br />
WAYS AND MEANS ...................................................................................................................................125<br />
WORLD SERVICE BUSINESS CONFERENCE (WSBC)— SUMMARY AND DELEGATES<br />
USE OF .............................................................................................................................................................125<br />
WORLD SERVICE BUSINESS CONFERENCE (WSBC)—WHERE TO FIND REPORT 126<br />
WSO CORRESPONDENCE ......................................................................................................................126<br />
YOUNG PEOPLE ..........................................................................................................................................127<br />
vi
ABSTINENCE—A DEFINITION OF<br />
• At the 2002 World Service Business Conference (WSBC), our<br />
Fellowship revised the definition of abstinence. What is the full<br />
definition of abstinence? Why isn’t it included in the new<br />
Suggested Meeting Format, <strong>and</strong> when are we likely to see this<br />
definition included in our OA pamphlets?<br />
WSBC Policy 1988b said:<br />
“According to the dictionary, the word ‘abstain’ means to refrain<br />
from. Abstinence in <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> is the action of refraining<br />
from compulsive eating.<br />
“Recovery is the result of living the <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> Twelve-<br />
Step program.”<br />
WSBC 2002 amended the policy to read:<br />
“According to the dictionary, the word ‘abstain’ means to refrain<br />
from. Abstinence in <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> is the action of refraining<br />
from compulsive eating.<br />
“Spiritual, emotional <strong>and</strong> physical recovery is the result of living the<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> Twelve-Step program.”<br />
Abstinence is <strong>and</strong> always has been “the action of refraining from<br />
compulsive eating.” The only change to the policy was the addition of the<br />
words “spiritual, emotional <strong>and</strong> physical” to the beginning of the second<br />
sentence. This doesn’t change the definition of abstinence; it emphasizes<br />
that abstinence is more than physical recovery. Recovery on all levels<br />
comes through the Twelve Steps. (WSBC 1991c says that compulsive<br />
eating <strong>and</strong> compulsive overeating can be used interchangeably; changing<br />
“overeating” to “eating” doesn’t change the definition of abstinence.)<br />
The literature hasn’t changed because the definition did not change.<br />
The Suggested Meeting Format will be reviewed this spring, <strong>and</strong> we will<br />
consider this <strong>and</strong> other suggestions.<br />
— February 2004<br />
ABSTINENCE—AS PRIMARY PURPOSE<br />
• How will newcomers <strong>and</strong> members of my meeting know that<br />
abstinence is still OA’s primary purpose?<br />
If you are concerned that this message is not being conveyed at<br />
your meeting, perhaps you might want to look at your meeting format.<br />
Does your group read the OA Preamble? Do your topics <strong>and</strong> shares<br />
emphasize abstinence from compulsive overeating by using our Twelve-<br />
Step program of recovery? Do members discuss the importance of their<br />
abstinence <strong>and</strong> how they maintain physical, emotional <strong>and</strong> spiritual<br />
recovery? From our experience, groups have found the above actions do<br />
relay the message of our primary purpose. As a group member, you may<br />
1
want to request a business meeting to discuss your concerns with the rest<br />
of your group. Hopefully, you will find that others also share your<br />
concern, <strong>and</strong> working together you will find the solution that works best<br />
for your group through its group conscience.<br />
— October 1995, reprinted from <strong>Lifeline</strong>, October 1995<br />
ABSTINENCE—BACK TO BACK<br />
• What is “back-to-back abstinence”? Does it mean no slips of any<br />
kind?<br />
Some OA members use the phrase “back-to-back abstinence” to<br />
describe the length of time in which they have not deviated from their<br />
food plans, or have remained abstinent without a slip. Another<br />
interpretation of back-to-back abstinence is continuous abstinence. A<br />
member’s food plan or plan of eating may change, but the member<br />
remains abstinent.<br />
— August 2001<br />
• What is “back-to-back abstinence”? Are there degrees of<br />
abstinence in OA? I hear the term “squeaky-clean abstinence.” In<br />
AA I don’t think one would hear that someone could touch a drop<br />
of alcohol <strong>and</strong> still be abstinent. In OA, shouldn’t it be that one is<br />
either abstinent or not? What makes a slip different from a break<br />
in abstinence? I sometimes feel that some in OA consider an<br />
occasional use of a binge food as merely a “slip.”<br />
The term “back-to-back abstinence” refers to the successive period<br />
of time one has refrained from compulsive eating. Logically one could<br />
conclude that as recovering OA members, we are either abstinent or not,<br />
either eating compulsively or not. OA’s primary purpose in part reads, “to<br />
abstain from compulsive overeating.” To abstain means to refrain from<br />
something regarded as improper or unhealthy. If one is abstaining, he or<br />
she is refraining from unhealthy food practices, period. “Squeaky-clean<br />
abstinence” does not seem to enter the equation; nor can the degree of<br />
abstinence be left up to the interpretation of those who may decide to use<br />
the term. This term might be better applied to members’ plans of eating<br />
<strong>and</strong> to how closely members follow those plans.<br />
We can <strong>and</strong> do identify with the recovering alcoholic who lives in<br />
sobriety <strong>and</strong> remains sober by way of the Twelve-Step recovery program.<br />
The key word is “identify.” We serve ourselves better by not comparing<br />
how maintaining abstinence may or may not be similar to remaining<br />
sober.<br />
<strong>It</strong> is plausible to describe a slip as making a mistake or erring in<br />
judgment regarding food <strong>and</strong> food-related issues. A slip is a temporary<br />
state. Returning to healthy food practices comes almost immediately,<br />
avoiding a prolonged period of a relapse—a return of a disease or illness<br />
2
after partial recovery from it. If we’ve slipped, we are not refraining; if we<br />
are not refraining, we are not abstinent. Others might have a different<br />
interpretation. Exploring different viewpoints can be instructive <strong>and</strong><br />
conducive to OA unity through diversity. Above all, don’t quit trying!<br />
The January 13 meditation in For Today reads, “If I slip, I will try<br />
again. Practice makes perfect, <strong>and</strong> I expect to practice abstinence until I<br />
‘get it.’ What is the alternative?” (p. 13). Page 6 of The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong><br />
Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> says, “Denial of the truth<br />
leads to destruction.” Voices of Recovery, page 357, states, “My<br />
compulsion to overeat is cunning, baffling, powerful—<strong>and</strong> patient. If I am<br />
wanting to eat inappropriately or to overeat, it will do me no good to<br />
deny to myself what’s going on or seek to hide it from others. That kind<br />
of egotistical pride will surely lead to relapse.”<br />
Focusing on OA’s primary purpose to abstain from compulsive<br />
overeating <strong>and</strong> to carry this message of recovery to those who still suffer<br />
will keep us on the road of recovery— working <strong>and</strong> living the program to<br />
the best of our ability—<strong>and</strong> in harmony with our fellow travelers.<br />
— September/October 2006<br />
ABSTINENCE—CLAIMING WHILE GAINING WEIGHT<br />
• How can people claim to be abstinent while gaining weight? I<br />
cannot compute that a person can gain weight without<br />
overeating. When my brother died, I relapsed but never picked up<br />
flour or sugar. To stuff back feelings, I binged on more food than I<br />
needed. I did not call myself abstinent.<br />
This is an interesting question <strong>and</strong> quite controversial. <strong>It</strong>’s possible<br />
that an OA member is on medication that causes weight gain. <strong>It</strong>’s<br />
possible that a member was previously underweight <strong>and</strong> needs to gain<br />
weight. <strong>It</strong>’s also possible that a member is eating too much <strong>and</strong> therefore<br />
gaining weight.<br />
Speaking to someone when you notice a weight gain can cause<br />
much fear: the member may be embarrassed, hurt or angry—or all three.<br />
All we have to offer is our experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope. You could<br />
relate your own experience of gaining weight by eating too much, but still<br />
abstaining from trigger foods.<br />
You may be right or wrong about the other member. Be open to<br />
either possibility. Take the chance; another member’s life could be at<br />
stake.<br />
— February 2007<br />
ABSTINENCE—MEANING OF “GOING TO ANY LENGTHS”<br />
3
• What does “going to any lengths in keeping my abstinence”<br />
mean?<br />
<strong>It</strong> means doing whatever you need to do to not eat compulsively.<br />
This may mean staying away from dangerous places if you are not in a fit<br />
spiritual condition. <strong>It</strong> may mean accepting the conviction that there are<br />
no excuses for not keeping your abstinence. In other words, no matter<br />
what the situation may be, there is no possible reason to overeat.<br />
Most members have found that it means using OA’s Twelve Steps<br />
<strong>and</strong> the tools of the program instead of taking that first compulsive bite.<br />
Making more phone calls, sponsoring <strong>and</strong> being sponsored, going to more<br />
meetings or doing more service are some things members do to remain<br />
abstinent <strong>and</strong> in recovery.<br />
Going to any lengths also means making abstinence a priority. <strong>It</strong> is<br />
up to you to decide how far you need to go to maintain your abstinence.<br />
— April 2003<br />
ABSTINENCE—REPLACED AS TOOL BY PLAN OF EATING<br />
• The 1995 World Service Business Conference elevated<br />
abstinence to emphasize it as our primary purpose <strong>and</strong> added a<br />
new tool to replace it . . . “A Plan of Eating.” Our meeting<br />
regularly reads <strong>and</strong> shares on the eight tools as listed in the Tools<br />
of Recovery pamphlet. What should we do until the Tools of<br />
Recovery pamphlet is revised? Should we stop reading the tools<br />
or continue as we have been doing?<br />
This is really a group conscience decision. Some groups may decide<br />
to continue reading the tool of abstinence. Others may decide to stop<br />
reading the tool <strong>and</strong> simply share on how a plan of eating has aided their<br />
recovery. If your group elects this latter option, we strongly suggest<br />
adding a reminder that OA as a Fellowship does not endorse or distribute<br />
any specific food plan. Another option is to read from our OA pamphlet, A<br />
Commitment to Abstinence. This pamphlet describes the term<br />
“abstinence” <strong>and</strong> discusses various actions to help achieve personal<br />
abstinence, including developing an eating plan.<br />
Whatever your group decides, we ask for your patience while the<br />
Conference Literature Committee revises our pamphlet. They are working<br />
diligently to have it ready for a group conscience vote at the 1996 World<br />
Service Business Conference.<br />
— October 1995<br />
ABSTINENCE WITH PLAN OF EATING TOOL<br />
• If an OA meeting continues to use abstinence instead of a plan<br />
of eating as a tool, is it breaking OA Traditions?<br />
4
In 1995, the World Service Business Conference voted “to remove<br />
abstinence as a tool <strong>and</strong> replace it with a ‘plan of eating,’ leaving<br />
abstinence as our primary purpose as outlined in the OA Preamble: ‘Our<br />
primary purpose is to abstain from compulsive overeating <strong>and</strong> carry the<br />
message of recovery to those who still suffer’” (Continuing Effect Motion<br />
1995b).<br />
Therefore, a meeting that continues to use abstinence rather than a<br />
plan of eating as a tool is breaking OA Traditions. Tradition Four gives<br />
each group autonomy “except in matters affecting other groups or OA as<br />
a whole.” However, changing the tools is beyond the scope of that<br />
Tradition <strong>and</strong> Tradition Two, <strong>and</strong> does affect OA as a whole because the<br />
World Service Business Conference represents the collective group<br />
conscience of OA. Using abstinence as a tool also treads on Tradition One<br />
by putting OA unity in jeopardy.<br />
— June 2000<br />
ANONYMITY—AS TOOL<br />
• I have wondered for many years about anonymity’s role as a<br />
tool of recovery. I underst<strong>and</strong> it as the spiritual foundation of our<br />
Fellowship, but I’m not sure how to use it on a daily basis.<br />
To be anonymous in OA means to be one among many, to accept<br />
ourselves as no better or worse than our fellows. This acceptance places<br />
us in a state of humility. <strong>It</strong> makes us teachable.<br />
“Anonymity—the feeling that ‘I am nothing special’—is of<br />
tremendous value in maintaining abstinence. <strong>It</strong> fosters humility <strong>and</strong> thus<br />
guards against reemergence of that blind self-will that leads to the<br />
compulsion to overeat” (Anonymity, OA booklet).<br />
Anonymity not only gives us privacy <strong>and</strong> builds trust within our<br />
groups, it does something much more; it enables us to get away from the<br />
black-<strong>and</strong>-white thinking that we are very bad or very good. All of us in<br />
OA must embrace the idea that we are working our program to the best<br />
of our ability with no expectations of being put down or exalted.<br />
As a tool, anonymity can eliminate all sorts of “stinking thinking”<br />
that comes about when we insist on comparing ourselves to others, or<br />
when our egos insist we take charge. Protecting the rights <strong>and</strong> boundaries<br />
of all members in OA, we learn that we also have the right to privacy <strong>and</strong><br />
can begin to set up our own boundaries for peace of mind <strong>and</strong> recovery.<br />
In this manner, the tool of anonymity, like the tool of abstinence,<br />
frees us from ego, fear <strong>and</strong> exposure, <strong>and</strong> allows us to keep our focus on<br />
ourselves. We are free to experience this program in a manner suited to<br />
our own personal recovery without fear of criticism, judgment or ego.<br />
5
That, in fact, is the key to finding success in OA. Rather than<br />
relying on individual members of OA, we rely on a Higher Power to<br />
overcome this disease.<br />
Further readings on anonymity as a tool <strong>and</strong> as a Tradition: OA<br />
“Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve,” pages 199 to 207; AA Big Book, pages 567 <strong>and</strong><br />
568; <strong>Lifeline</strong> Sampler, pages 84 <strong>and</strong> 85, 95 <strong>and</strong> 96; AA “Twelve <strong>and</strong><br />
Twelve,” pages 184 to 187; OA pamphlet The Tools of Recovery; AA<br />
pamphlet Underst<strong>and</strong>ing Anonymity.<br />
— February 1999<br />
ANONYMITY—ADDRESSES/NAMES OF RETREAT PARTICIPANTS<br />
• Is it a break of anonymity to use names <strong>and</strong> addresses of<br />
retreat participants to send them notices of future retreats or to<br />
ask for their ideas about future events?<br />
<strong>It</strong> is not a break of anonymity to send retreat notices to past<br />
attendees or to request information from them. We may use our full<br />
names <strong>and</strong> addresses within our OA service bodies to enhance our ability<br />
to carry the OA message to other compulsive overeaters. The Traditions<br />
stress protecting anonymity more at the public level than within OA.<br />
— August 2004<br />
ANONYMITY—BADGES<br />
• When attending an OA event in a hotel, how do we h<strong>and</strong>le<br />
inquiries from non-OAers without breaking the anonymity of other<br />
OA members who are wearing similar OA badges <strong>and</strong> who do not<br />
wish to make their OA affiliation known?<br />
Keep it simple. OA event planners should design plain badges that<br />
protect the anonymity of OA; the badge might indicate only “Region 5” or<br />
perhaps the OA logo. To avoid any inquiries from non-OAers wondering<br />
about your badge, remove the badge before leaving the meeting room,<br />
particularly when going out to eat. If your badge sparks an inquiry, or if a<br />
non-OAer simply asks about your event or affiliation, you might respond<br />
that you are here with a not-for-profit organization, or that you are<br />
attending a workshop or seminar, <strong>and</strong> leave it at that. If the questioner<br />
persists, you might restate your first answer <strong>and</strong> add whatever you<br />
choose to share.<br />
— March 1999<br />
ANONYMITY—CARRYING THE MESSAGE<br />
• Recently, I was at a restaurant with other OA members after a<br />
meeting. Responding to our waiter’s interest in our discussion<br />
6
about recovery, I informed him we belonged to OA. One of the<br />
members strongly objected to what I had done, claiming I had<br />
broken her anonymity. I underst<strong>and</strong> her complaint, but I was<br />
attempting to carry the OA message. Was it wrong to identify the<br />
others, even though I was helping another compulsive overeater?<br />
“Carrying the message” is a vital element of the OA program on<br />
both the individual <strong>and</strong> group levels—the Twelfth Step <strong>and</strong> Fifth Tradition<br />
attest to that. Many OAers believe it’s their duty to share their OA<br />
recovery, a belief encapsulated by the OA Responsibility Pledge: “Always<br />
to extend the h<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> heart of OA to all who share my compulsion; for<br />
this, I am responsible.”<br />
Yet carrying the message should not come at the expense of<br />
another member’s right to the anonymity guaranteed by the Twelfth<br />
Tradition. As written on page 200 of The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />
Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, “When we all respect the anonymity<br />
of others, we can trust that nobody outside these rooms will know we’re<br />
coming to OA unless we tell them ourselves.” Disclosing someone’s<br />
membership in OA, even in our effort to share experience, strength <strong>and</strong><br />
hope, threatens a member’s trust in the safety of OA’s rooms. In order to<br />
protect that security, we must allow all members to choose not only when<br />
or where they will reveal their membership on the private level, but also<br />
how they will carry the message.<br />
— March 1994<br />
ANONYMITY—CROSS TALK<br />
• If a member, “Sue,” shares in a meeting <strong>and</strong> another attendee<br />
comments that what Sue said reminded her of something, has<br />
Sue’s anonymity been broken?<br />
<strong>It</strong> would be a break of anonymity if someone shared outside of the<br />
OA meeting that Sue was at the meeting, <strong>and</strong> if the person discussed<br />
what Sue shared. In the situation presented here, anonymity is not an<br />
issue because Sue identified herself <strong>and</strong> everyone in the meeting heard<br />
what she shared. The issue is really cross talk.<br />
— August 1999<br />
ANONYMITY—IN PHOTOS<br />
• Is it okay to take photos of people at OA events, such as<br />
conventions? What precautions should we take to preserve<br />
anonymity?<br />
The Policy Statement on Anonymity adopted by delegates at the<br />
1980 World Service Conference states:<br />
7
“Anonymity is the spiritual foundation of our program, always<br />
ensuring principles before personalities. This means that OA itself is not<br />
anonymous but its members are. There are no exceptions. While OA may<br />
be publicized, we do not break our individual anonymity at the level of<br />
press, radio, films <strong>and</strong> television; <strong>and</strong> the recognizable facial exposure of<br />
persons identifying as OA members at the level of press, films <strong>and</strong><br />
television is a violation of our Tradition of anonymity, even though the<br />
first name only is given, or the entire name is withheld.”<br />
If your question refers to individual OA members taking snapshots<br />
of OA friends at an OA event, such as a convention—with their<br />
permission—there seems to be no harm, providing the photographs are<br />
for the personal enjoyment of the OA member taking the photos <strong>and</strong> the<br />
photos will not be used in any way for publicity purposes or to identify<br />
anyone as an OA member.<br />
Anonymity is a matter of individual conscience. The only precaution<br />
we can take is to make certain we explain the concept <strong>and</strong> importance of<br />
anonymity to all members in the taking of a group conscience. For further<br />
discussion of anonymity, see pages 199 to 202 of The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong><br />
Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />
— June 2002<br />
ANONYMITY—IN PHOTOS AND VIDEO TAPES<br />
• Case 1: At our last convention, a member took photographs of<br />
other OA members, some with consent <strong>and</strong> some without. We had<br />
quite a debate at our next intergroup meeting over members’<br />
personal anonymity. How would you h<strong>and</strong>le this situation?<br />
• Case 2: I attended a marathon at which the speaker was<br />
videotaped, with the speaker’s permission. Some people felt that<br />
videotaping is a violation of the Traditions. Is it?<br />
Twelfth Tradition states, "Anonymity is the spiritual foundation of all<br />
these Traditions, ever reminding us to place principles before<br />
personalities.” Eleventh Tradition states, “Our public relations policy is<br />
based on attraction rather than promotion; we need always maintain<br />
personal anonymity at the level of press, radio, films, television, <strong>and</strong><br />
other public media of communication.”<br />
Anonymity starts when we first walk in the door as newcomers. At<br />
that point, many of us may feel ashamed. Almost all of us feel alone <strong>and</strong><br />
frightened. Here, at OA, our Fellowship is a safe haven. The trust, the<br />
safety, <strong>and</strong> our personal anonymity should not be broken by any OA<br />
member—no matter what, or how innocent, the reason. <strong>It</strong> is up to each<br />
individual member to decide where <strong>and</strong> to whom membership in<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> will be divulged.<br />
8
If this newfound trust is destroyed, no matter how innocently, a<br />
member may feel worse off than before coming to OA. And then, where<br />
can a fellow compulsive overeater go? Personal privacy must not be lost.<br />
In case 1: A photographer should obtain consent whenever<br />
possible, especially in OA. Such photographs may be used for archival<br />
purposes only <strong>and</strong> with everyone’s consent. In any other case, members<br />
must be shown only from the back, in other words, with no frontal facial<br />
exposure.<br />
In case 2: Is the speaker an OA member, <strong>and</strong> was it explained how<br />
this tape would be used? <strong>It</strong> is recommended that it only be used for<br />
archival purposes within your OA group. Normally, it is recommended<br />
that a video recording not be done at any meeting or any other OA event.<br />
— November 1994<br />
ANONYMITY—LAST NAMES<br />
• When is it okay to use my last name?<br />
Tradition Eleven describes the level at which it is not okay to use a<br />
last name: “We need always maintain personal anonymity at the level of<br />
press, radio, films, television <strong>and</strong> other public media of communication”<br />
(emphasis added). The misconception is that our Tradition of anonymity<br />
means we cannot use our last names under any circumstances. Can you<br />
imagine going to the hospital to see Mary without knowing her last name?<br />
Or attempting to check into a hotel at an OA event when you are rooming<br />
with Susan, <strong>and</strong> the reservation is in her name? Or trying to find<br />
Howard’s address, which you’ve misplaced, so you can mail him<br />
information you promised to send.<br />
We can use our last names within the Fellowship—for example,<br />
when registering for an event, subscribing to a newsletter or signing the<br />
meeting record book—or we can choose not to if we wish to protect our<br />
anonymity. Members in service positions usually find it convenient to use<br />
their last names to facilitate mailings <strong>and</strong> help other members contact<br />
them. However, because the Twelfth Tradition guarantees each member’s<br />
right to anonymity, it is important to ask permission before giving out<br />
another member’s last name.<br />
Common sense prevails. Will using my last name help me carry the<br />
message to another compulsive overeater, extend help to a member or<br />
ease communication within the organization? If the answer to any of<br />
these is yes, then it is permissible.<br />
— November 2002<br />
ANONYMITY—NAMES AND PHOTOS IN NEWSPAPERS<br />
9
• Why can’t I tell my story to a newspaper using my name <strong>and</strong><br />
photos to show how OA has worked for me? <strong>It</strong> might help<br />
someone get well.<br />
OA’s Eleventh Tradition states: “Our public relations policy is based<br />
on attraction rather than promotion; we need always maintain personal<br />
anonymity at the level of press, radio, films, television <strong>and</strong> other public<br />
media of communication.”<br />
As it says in the description of Tradition Eleven in The Twelve Steps<br />
<strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>: “OA is a spiritual<br />
program. When one person assumes the role of an OA spokesperson, his<br />
or her action poses problems of a spiritual nature for the individual <strong>and</strong><br />
the OA Fellowship” (pp. 195-196).<br />
While OA itself might help someone get well, the Fellowship is<br />
responsible, not an individual. We want to do everything we can to tell<br />
people about OA; however, it is not necessary <strong>and</strong> is against our<br />
Traditions to promote ourselves.<br />
Another reason not to reveal one’s identity is that if the person<br />
shown in public as a recovering OA member then has difficulty, people<br />
might think that OA doesn’t work. Why is your last name or photograph<br />
necessary? You can show before-<strong>and</strong>-after body photos that would not<br />
reveal your identity. You can tell your story <strong>and</strong> describe how much OA<br />
has helped you to recover from compulsive overeating. You can give<br />
meeting information, World Service Office information, intergroup<br />
information <strong>and</strong> any other information that would help potential OA<br />
members.<br />
Remember what it says in our policy statement on anonymity,<br />
which was adopted by the delegates at the 1980 World Service Business<br />
Conference:<br />
“Anonymity is the spiritual foundation of our program, always<br />
ensuring principles before personalities. This means that OA itself is not<br />
anonymous, but its members are. There are no exceptions. While OA may<br />
be publicized, we do not break our individual anonymity at the level of<br />
press, radio, films <strong>and</strong> television; <strong>and</strong> the recognizable facial exposure of<br />
persons identifying as OA members at the level of press, films <strong>and</strong><br />
television is a violation of our Tradition of anonymity even though the first<br />
name only is given or the entire name is withheld.”<br />
This quotation is from the Public Information Service Manual that is<br />
available from the World Service Office. The “PI Manual” is highly<br />
recommended for use by anyone who needs help with PI of any kind. This<br />
resource includes the who, what, where, when <strong>and</strong> why of public<br />
information.<br />
— July 2003<br />
ANONYMITY—NAMES IN INTERGROUP NEWSLETTERS<br />
10
• Is the use of last names in intergroup newsletters a break of<br />
Tradition Twelve?<br />
This question addresses two facets of Tradition Twelve: when is it<br />
permissible to disclose a member’s full identity inside <strong>and</strong> outside the OA<br />
Fellowship?<br />
<strong>It</strong> is not a break of anonymity for a person to use his or her full<br />
name within the Fellowship. In all instances, however, the question<br />
should be asked: what is the need for doing it? In keeping with Tradition<br />
Twelve’s driving concept of principles before personalities, few situations<br />
may exist where disclosure of a member’s full name in publication is an<br />
absolute necessity. One example might be registration for special events.<br />
Even here, the member’s first name, initial of last name, mailing address<br />
<strong>and</strong> phone number would suffice.<br />
Consider also whether non-OAers will see the publication<br />
containing the full name of an OA member. Under the provisions of<br />
Tradition Twelve, an OA member’s identity may not be disclosed outside<br />
the Fellowship. An intergroup newsletter or a promotional flyer might be<br />
posted at a Twelve-Step clubhouse or other meeting facility where non-<br />
OAers are present. The publication might be left inadvertently in a public<br />
place or in an area of the household where other non-OA family members<br />
might view it. Since these are all possibilities, full names of OA members<br />
should not be printed in an OA publication, including newsletters <strong>and</strong><br />
promotional flyers.<br />
For a fuller discussion of these issues, please read Tradition Twelve<br />
in The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />
the OA pamphlet Anonymity.<br />
— December 1998<br />
ANONYMITY—RELAPSE<br />
• The OA pamphlet The Tools of Recovery says that “it is not a<br />
break of anonymity to enlist Twelfth-Step help for group members<br />
in trouble, provided we are careful to refrain from discussing any<br />
personal information.” Where is the fine line between breaking<br />
someone’s anonymity <strong>and</strong> doing Twelfth-Step work with an OAer<br />
in relapse?<br />
<strong>It</strong> may sound contradictory to encourage OA members to try to<br />
carry the message to OAers in relapse while not “discussing any personal<br />
information.” <strong>It</strong> can be done, however. If we find out another member is<br />
in relapse, we have several options.<br />
First, we can always pray for guidance, for the right situation to<br />
present itself in which we might approach our friend with an offer of help,<br />
encouragement, support or guidance through the Steps. Such a prayer<br />
11
might precipitate an attitude of true service, rather than one of<br />
attempting to fix, manipulate or change someone else.<br />
Second, we can talk with our sponsor, without revealing the identity<br />
of the relapsing member, about our desire to be of the utmost service in<br />
the situation. Sincerely soliciting points of view other than our own can<br />
open us to our inner wisdom as little else can. <strong>It</strong> is crucial, though, that<br />
we protect the anonymity of the friend in question at all costs. Such a<br />
session could easily turn from one of service to gossip.<br />
After doing these two things, we can invite the member for coffee,<br />
make a phone call or write a brief letter expressing our caring <strong>and</strong><br />
willingness to help. <strong>It</strong>’s important here, though, to back off if the recipient<br />
of the kindness does not want it. Someone who is not ready just is not<br />
ready. If we come on too strongly, we could sour the person on OA<br />
forever.<br />
Anonymity, as one of the tools of the program, safeguards our unity<br />
as a Fellowship. Gossip <strong>and</strong> taking inventory of other members weakens<br />
our ability to carry the message—as a Fellowship <strong>and</strong> individuals. We<br />
must not let “anonymity” prevent us from taking action when it is<br />
appropriate <strong>and</strong> needed.<br />
— October 1997<br />
ANONYMITY—TRADITION TWELVE<br />
• Recently, I announced that a friend was home for six weeks<br />
recuperating from surgery <strong>and</strong> that she could use some calls. I<br />
didn’t say what illness she had, what her last name was or where<br />
she lived. But she felt I had revealed too much personal<br />
information <strong>and</strong> had thus violated the Twelfth Tradition. Did I?<br />
OA’s Tools of Recovery pamphlet states that “it is not a break of<br />
anonymity to enlist Twelfth-Step help for group members in trouble,<br />
provided we are careful to refrain from discussing any specific personal<br />
information.” However, convalescing may not be the same as “in trouble.”<br />
While your intentions were good in terms of wanting to offer group love<br />
<strong>and</strong> support, the woman you were trying to help interpreted your<br />
intentions as too revealing.<br />
Is it possible that the surgery might have been of a personal or<br />
private nature? Perhaps announcing that a person needs calls would<br />
result in a lot of unwanted phone calls or visitors at a time when that<br />
could be upsetting or even hinder recovery.<br />
There is no official OA policy addressing your question. However,<br />
one suggestion that works well in such a situation is to first ask the<br />
person if such information may be disclosed to the group. Let the person<br />
decide whether he or she wishes calls, cards or visits; then you can<br />
confidently take the person’s wishes to the group.<br />
12
— September 1995<br />
ANONYMITY—TRADITIONS ELEVEN AND TWELVE<br />
• After OA meetings, I’ve discussed seemingly confidential details<br />
about others. Even if they don’t refer to the person by name, his<br />
or her identity may be clear. What can you tell me about<br />
anonymity <strong>and</strong> confidentiality within the Fellowship?<br />
Anonymity is a treasured Tradition as well as a tool of the program.<br />
At the group level, anonymity assures us that only we as individual OA<br />
members have the right to make our membership known. Ideally, it also<br />
insures that everyone present at meetings can divulge personal<br />
experiences, knowing that the information remains in the confines of the<br />
room, <strong>and</strong> is not discussed among the members present.<br />
In the publication Anonymity: The meaning <strong>and</strong> applications of<br />
Traditions Eleven <strong>and</strong> Twelve, OA’s founder writes, “Early in our OA lives<br />
we learn that, on a private level, we may tell anyone anything we wish<br />
about ourselves, including the fact that we are OA members; but the right<br />
to discuss other members within or outside OA is not ours.”<br />
Of course, there is no way to guarantee that every OA member<br />
honors this code. And at times, members may talk about others, unaware<br />
that they are breaking anonymity. As individual OAers, it’s important to<br />
remind one another of the protection that anonymity provides.<br />
— May 1993, reprinted from WSO Notebook, November/December<br />
1988<br />
ANONYMITY—WHEN WRITING PROFESSIONALLY<br />
• I am a creative writer <strong>and</strong> OA member. In writing a personal<br />
memoir, I have not mentioned OA, saying only a Twelve-Step<br />
fellowship has helped me recover from compulsive eating. Is this<br />
a violation of Traditions? What guidelines ensure I do not violate<br />
Traditions within my creative expression?<br />
“When we maintain our tradition of anonymity we ensure that<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> will remain a spiritual Fellowship, supporting all of<br />
us in our recovery” (The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, p. 198).<br />
Remembering that anonymity is a matter of personal conscience,<br />
let’s assume you’re reading a personal memoir about an alcoholic, for<br />
example. The text does not mention AA but refers to a Twelve-Step<br />
fellowship that helped him recover from alcoholism. What fellowship<br />
would spring to mind?<br />
Even such general details as “a Twelve-Step fellowship” that has<br />
helped you “recover from compulsive eating” will probably cause readers<br />
13
to make the OA link without mentioning OA by name <strong>and</strong> in spite of<br />
existing “sister fellowships.”<br />
What does our literature say?<br />
“In keeping the Eleventh Tradition, those of us who write books . . .<br />
have two options. We can avoid calling ourselves OA members (even if<br />
we say we are compulsive eaters). Then we are free to use our full names<br />
. . . Here the emphasis is on the individual, <strong>and</strong> we are not connected<br />
publicly with the OA program. Our other option is to go ahead <strong>and</strong><br />
identify ourselves as OA members. When we do this, we make sure our<br />
faces are not shown <strong>and</strong> our last names are not used. When we are<br />
careful to respect the Eleventh Tradition in this way, the emphasis<br />
remains on OA, rather than on ourselves. When we ourselves write about<br />
our OA membership . . . in books, we do not use our full first <strong>and</strong> last<br />
names” (The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>, pp. 194–195).<br />
What you suggest would not violate the Eleventh Tradition, but it<br />
might be advisable to refer to “a support group,” a more general term<br />
than “a Twelve-Step fellowship.” And you might refer to the underlying<br />
Step principles <strong>and</strong> not the specific Steps (e.g., Step One).<br />
Another possibility would be to use your first name only. This might<br />
allow greater freedom in sharing your recovery as an OA member.<br />
The following literature contains guidelines to ensure your creative<br />
expression does not violate Traditions:<br />
1. The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>, Traditions Eleven <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />
2. Anonymity: The Meaning <strong>and</strong> Applications of Traditions Eleven<br />
<strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />
3. The OA Web site (www.oa.org), <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong> Archives, under<br />
the heading “Anonymity”<br />
4. OA’s Public Information Service Manual, which provides<br />
guidelines for dealing with the media<br />
The comments above address your question, but also keep in mind<br />
that making money from writing or speaking about OA activities is a<br />
violation of Tradition Eight. The foundation of OA is sharing experience,<br />
strength <strong>and</strong> hope, with no strings attached. OA members are<br />
nonprofessionals. All have an equal opportunity to share in doing service.<br />
Any activity that “carries the message” is Twelfth-Step work <strong>and</strong> must be<br />
free from the dollar motive.<br />
— July 2007<br />
ANOREXIC AND TRADITION EIGHT<br />
• While at an OA-sponsored retreat, several members approached<br />
my sponsoree to say that they thought she was anorexic. I<br />
14
eceived a phone call from my very distraught sponsoree. She was<br />
tempted not to come back to OA but decided to stay because she<br />
needs the program.<br />
The Eighth Tradition reminds me that I am not qualified to<br />
give medical, nutritional or psychological advice.<br />
My sponsoree is attending meetings on a regular basis, calls<br />
in her food plan, is seeking professional advice <strong>and</strong> is working the<br />
program as best she can. This woman is tired of people<br />
commenting on her thinness, especially members in OA. Could<br />
you please respond to this situation?<br />
Sometimes friends who try to be helpful achieve the opposite<br />
effect—their gestures hurt rather than support. You didn’t say that this<br />
group consisted of friends of your sponsoree, but even the closest friends<br />
confronting someone as a group could intimidate anyone. A confrontation<br />
by a group of strangers might be very alienating, if not devastating.<br />
When attempting Twelfth-Step work with OA members—as with anyone,<br />
really—it must be done with respect <strong>and</strong> caring. As Step Twelve in The<br />
Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> states:<br />
“When we set out to fix other people, we usually failed.”<br />
<strong>Lifeline</strong> <strong>and</strong> the World Service Office have received letters from<br />
some OAers asking for help in supporting anorexic <strong>and</strong> bulimic members;<br />
they worried that since they didn’t share the same symptoms, that<br />
maybe the program of recovery would be different. We hope that this<br />
issue of <strong>Lifeline</strong> will shed some light on the fact that compulsive eating is<br />
truly one disease with many symptoms <strong>and</strong> the same solution.<br />
Perhaps the group that confronted your sponsoree feared her<br />
thinness because they had some preconceived, erroneous notions about<br />
anorexia <strong>and</strong> judged what they didn’t underst<strong>and</strong>. Maybe they really<br />
thought they were helping.<br />
Some members may welcome such confrontations, finding them<br />
helpful. Others, like your sponsoree, may see them as unfriendly. In any<br />
case, it is up to each of us in the Fellowship to let others know what is,<br />
<strong>and</strong> what is not, supportive to our continued growth <strong>and</strong> recovery in the<br />
program.<br />
And you are correct to say that the Eighth Tradition keeps us<br />
forever “nonprofessional.” Thus, none of us is qualified to judge someone<br />
else’s medical condition.<br />
— August 1995<br />
ASK-IT BASKET QUESTIONS—ANSWERED PERSONALLY?<br />
• If I send a question to <strong>Lifeline</strong>’s <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong>, will it be<br />
answered personally or only through the magazine? Is there a<br />
15
separate mailing address for questions I want answered<br />
personally?<br />
<strong>Questions</strong> sent directly to the <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong> at <strong>Lifeline</strong> are kept on<br />
file indefinitely, to be answered in the magazine as opportunities arise. An<br />
answer in print could take months to appear, if not years, because of the<br />
amount of mail received. When you write to <strong>Lifeline</strong> with a question, you<br />
can specify that you would like a mailed reply, an <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong> reply, or<br />
both.<br />
If you have a question to which you’d like an immediate response,<br />
you could write to your regional chair at your regional service office or to<br />
your regional trustee at the WSO, either of whom could probably answer<br />
most questions quickly.<br />
Write to <strong>Lifeline</strong> [or] the WSO at PO Box 44020, Rio Rancho, NM<br />
87174-4020.<br />
— September 1995<br />
ASK-IT BASKET QUESTIONS—APPROPRIATE KINDS<br />
• What kind of question is appropriate for the <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong>? I<br />
have zillions of questions, but I’m hesitant to send them in.<br />
You ask it, we’ll answer it if we can.<br />
This column is intended primarily to provide service information,<br />
but inquiries about the Traditions, meeting procedures, sponsorship, <strong>and</strong><br />
other OA concerns are also welcome. Individuals <strong>and</strong> groups wondering<br />
how to start a meeting or form an intergroup, people perplexed about the<br />
specifics of anonymity, meetings struggling with financial problems—all<br />
will receive a reply that is based on solutions that are working for other<br />
OA groups.<br />
<strong>Questions</strong> have ranged from an appeal for fund-raising tips from a<br />
group about to fold to an inquiry about the function of the Board of<br />
Trustees.<br />
So, whether your question pertains to the group, to OA as a whole,<br />
or is a matter of personal curiosity, send it in. <strong>It</strong> may benefit many<br />
readers who are wondering the same thing.<br />
— September 1992, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />
January/February 1983<br />
ATHEIST—SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE<br />
• My OA group accepts me as an atheist, saying OA is spiritual,<br />
not religious. Still, I wonder how an atheist can have a spiritual<br />
experience.<br />
The Twelfth Step promises “a spiritual awakening as a result of<br />
these Steps.” Atheists who complete the Steps find a spiritual awakening.<br />
16
<strong>It</strong> is described in the Big Book as a psychological change of such<br />
magnitude as to triumph over the compulsive behavior.<br />
Those of us who are atheists will speak in nonreligious terms about<br />
how we experience that spiritual awakening; we speak of a sense of<br />
serenity, of harmony, of not battling the world, of acceptance. The<br />
simplest test is whether we are freed from the obsession that has, in the<br />
past, sent us back to compulsive overeating.<br />
Those of us who are atheists encourage you simply to do the Steps<br />
<strong>and</strong> not to worry about whether you’ll “get it.” If you do the Steps, you<br />
will get it!<br />
— May 2001<br />
ATTRACTION<br />
• How can we attract people to OA? Why don’t people stay?<br />
The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong><br />
(p.106) states, “Each day that we live well, we are well, <strong>and</strong> we embody<br />
the joy of recovery which attracts others who want what we’ve found in<br />
OA.”<br />
Compulsive eaters come to believe this program can work for them<br />
by hearing how it has worked for others. Most come to OA because they<br />
are overweight or underweight, <strong>and</strong> they can’t stop obsessing about food.<br />
OA attracts them because they hear about members who in the past have<br />
overeaten compulsively or who have starved themselves but are now<br />
abstinent <strong>and</strong> at a healthy weight because of working the OA program.<br />
Initially, newcomers need to see OA members at a healthy weight,<br />
members who have maintained their weight loss or gain. As people keep<br />
returning to the program, they find OA attractive because its members<br />
have long-term abstinence <strong>and</strong> report that by working the program, their<br />
lives <strong>and</strong> relationships are better.<br />
To give hope to others, we have to be the message. When we live<br />
the program <strong>and</strong> follow it in all our affairs, we show by example that OA<br />
works.<br />
Despite seeing examples in recovering members, some people<br />
leave the program. They may not have reached their bottoms <strong>and</strong> are not<br />
ready to accept what this program has to offer. Some may be looking for<br />
the easier, softer ways society offers. Others may think they can do it<br />
alone. Still others may not believe the miracle experienced by recovering<br />
OA members can happen to them, or they may not believe they have an<br />
illness that affects body, mind <strong>and</strong> spirit <strong>and</strong> could be life-threatening if<br />
left untreated.<br />
The OA program requires a commitment <strong>and</strong> willingness to change<br />
through working the Twelve Steps. Many people are not ready or willing<br />
to take the leap of faith necessary to accomplish this.<br />
17
— June 2007<br />
BIRTHDAYS—FIRST DAY ABSTINENCE OR FIRST DAY ATTENDENCE<br />
• Is there an OA policy regarding birthdays? Does an OA birthday<br />
refer to the first day of abstinence or the first OA meeting<br />
attended?<br />
A birthday observance at an OA meeting recognizes a member’s<br />
first day <strong>and</strong> subsequent years of abstinence. The Group H<strong>and</strong>book<br />
expresses this point clearly. One of the duties of the group secretary, the<br />
h<strong>and</strong>book states, is “keeping a file on OA birthdays, if the group wishes.<br />
Birthdays are celebrated for each year of continuous abstinence.” In<br />
addition to suggesting that birthdays, sometimes called anniversaries,<br />
refer to abstinence, this statement alludes to the autonomy of OA groups.<br />
Provided it does not injure other groups or OA as a whole, each group has<br />
the freedom to choose its own practices under the Fourth Tradition, such<br />
as whether or not birthdays will be celebrated.<br />
OA defines abstinence as the action of refraining from compulsive<br />
eating—each member must decide what that means personally.<br />
Consequently, a member can only judge for herself or himself the<br />
appropriate time to celebrate an OA anniversary.<br />
— June 1994<br />
BOARD OF TRUSTEES—ABOUT<br />
• Here are some questions frequently asked of the OA Board of<br />
Trustees. What does being a board member entail? Are you paid?<br />
How often do you meet? Do you go to OA meetings? Do you have<br />
a sponsor; do you sponsor others?<br />
Here, in a nutshell, are the answers.<br />
The Board of Trustees, which meets bimonthly, serves <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong> as a whole <strong>and</strong> acts as guardian of the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong><br />
Twelve Traditions.<br />
Regional trustees serve as a liaison between the board <strong>and</strong> the<br />
region-wide membership. Their major responsibilities include attending<br />
regional assemblies, participating in Service <strong>and</strong> Traditions Workshops,<br />
assisting the organization of service bodies within their respective<br />
regions, investigating alleged Traditions violations <strong>and</strong> chairing board<br />
committees as assigned.<br />
The general service trustees, who meet monthly, function as the<br />
executive committee of the board. They oversee the operations of the<br />
World Service Office, which include consideration of policy, budgets, longrange<br />
goals <strong>and</strong> legal matters. GSTs also chair board committees as<br />
appointed.<br />
18
All board positions are voluntary, non-paid OA service positions.<br />
Travel <strong>and</strong> other expenses incurred while at board meetings <strong>and</strong> on OA<br />
business are reimbursed by WSO, <strong>and</strong> occasionally, by other OA service<br />
bodies.<br />
Board members are recovering compulsive overeaters. Like all<br />
other members of the Fellowship, their recovery is a result of working the<br />
Twelve-Step program. Recognizing the importance of OA meetings, the<br />
trustees incorporate them into the agenda at board meetings, <strong>and</strong> of<br />
course, attend meetings within their own communities. Also, being<br />
sponsored, sponsoring others <strong>and</strong> using the rest of the tools are crucial to<br />
the trustee’s recoveries.<br />
Just how do they do it all? In the words of one board member,<br />
“With God’s help.”<br />
— March 1991, reprinted from WSO Notebook, May/June 1989<br />
BYLAWS—INTERGROUP’S NEED FOR<br />
• Why does an intergroup need bylaws? Where can we get help in<br />
writing our own bylaws?<br />
There are two criteria involved in establishing an intergroup. One is<br />
the affiliation of two or more meeting groups, <strong>and</strong> the other is the filing of<br />
bylaws with the World Service Office. <strong>It</strong> is a safeguard to all OA groups,<br />
intergroups <strong>and</strong> OA as a whole that just any group cannot form itself into<br />
an OA intergroup. An intergroup is an official body of OA <strong>and</strong> must<br />
establish itself by stating formally its principles of practice in a set of<br />
bylaws.<br />
When an intergroup sends the WSO its proposed bylaws, they are<br />
forwarded to the Conference Bylaws Committee for review. This<br />
committee reads the intergroup bylaws to be certain that they agree in<br />
principle with the existing bylaws of OA <strong>and</strong> that they contain no Tradition<br />
violations. The new intergroup’s bylaws are then filed at the WSO; this is<br />
the basis for the official existence of the intergroup. If, for example, an<br />
intergroup should form but fails to file bylaws with the WSO, then sends<br />
delegates to the Conference, that intergroup’s delegates will have no vote<br />
on Conference issues.<br />
Help is available for newly forming intergroups. The WSO has copies<br />
of sample bylaws that can be used as a foundation to write one’s own<br />
bylaws. If more specific help is needed, one of the co-chairs of the<br />
Conference Bylaws Committee may be called on to answer questions.<br />
Contact the WSO Member Services Department for sample bylaws or the<br />
names of current Bylaws Committee chairpersons.<br />
— February 1998<br />
19
CHILDREN—AT MEETINGS OR BABYSITTING<br />
• Several members of our group regularly bring their small<br />
children to meetings. The youngsters are adorable <strong>and</strong> we enjoy<br />
them, but the truth is they often disrupt the meeting. If it isn’t a<br />
tot’s noisy game, it’s a mother calling to her child or running to<br />
see what he’s up to every few minutes. We really value these<br />
members <strong>and</strong> don’t want to lose them, but I’m afraid if we go on<br />
as we are, we’ll lose the meeting.<br />
Many OA groups have encountered your problem <strong>and</strong> resolved it in<br />
varying ways. Some decide that no children will be admitted to the<br />
meeting <strong>and</strong> ask to be listed that way in their intergroup directories.<br />
Groups that have access to a separate room next to or near their meeting<br />
room may choose to hire a babysitter to watch members’ children during<br />
the meeting. This service should be funded through contributions of those<br />
wishing to support it, rather than through the Seventh Tradition<br />
collection.<br />
Most mothers know that it is unrealistic to expect a young child to<br />
sit quietly for one to two hours. After a couple of interrupted meetings, it<br />
should be obvious that they need to look for a different solution to their<br />
babysitting problem.<br />
— May 1992, reprinted from WSO Notebook, March/April 1983<br />
CHILDREN—BABYSITTING FEES AND BREAKING SEVENTH<br />
TRADITION<br />
• Is it breaking Traditions to pay our groups' weekly babysitting<br />
fee from the Seventh Tradition collection? This expense keeps our<br />
group groveling for funds <strong>and</strong> prevents us from contributing to<br />
intergroup, region <strong>and</strong> world service.<br />
This question, like most others, is best decided by group<br />
conscience. Tradition Four, which safeguards group autonomy, gives each<br />
group the freedom to function in a manner that works best for them, as<br />
long as OA as a whole is not adversely affected.<br />
The answer to money problems is often found in Tradition Seven,<br />
which states, “Every group ought to be fully self-supporting, declining<br />
outside contributions.”<br />
Most OAers consider it inappropriate to use group funds for any<br />
purpose other than support of the group <strong>and</strong> the larger OA service<br />
structure. They do not consider members’ personal expenses, such as<br />
babysitting fees, to be a legitimate part of group support.<br />
A few groups, whose membership consists largely of people with<br />
young children, choose to set aside a portion of their collection to pay a<br />
20
abysitter. A suggestion passed on by several such groups is to hold<br />
regular fundraising events to fatten the kitty <strong>and</strong> enable the group to<br />
meet expenses <strong>and</strong> contribute its fair share to intergroup, region <strong>and</strong><br />
world service.<br />
Still another suggested method of financing a group babysitter is to<br />
set up a separate fund to which those using the service as well as other<br />
members may contribute.<br />
— June 1990, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, January/February<br />
1987<br />
CHILDREN—BABYSITTING FEES/SEVENTH TRADITION/OTHER<br />
USE OF MONEY<br />
• Why is it a no-no to pay a babysitter from Seventh Tradition?<br />
Aren’t we allowed to pay our service workers? If so, what other<br />
money should be used?<br />
Tradition Nine states that OA, as such, ought never be organized;<br />
but OA may create service boards or committees directly responsible to<br />
those they serve. Babysitting does not fall into these categories. The<br />
babysitting at a group meeting is not a service board or committee. On<br />
the other h<strong>and</strong>, it is a wonderful service to offer to those in your area so<br />
that they may attend meetings. There are different ways to “pay” the<br />
babysitter(s). Some groups have a group-conscience meeting <strong>and</strong> decide<br />
to pass a second basket strictly for the babysitter. That money is kept<br />
separate from other funds to be used only for the babysitter. The group<br />
<strong>and</strong> babysitter agree on the fee. Most members who have no little ones<br />
are more than willing to put money in the second basket so everyone can<br />
share without interruption. Some groups have a volunteer babysitter, but<br />
the success of that arrangement may vary.<br />
Other groups believe that babysitting is an outside issue <strong>and</strong> refrain<br />
from passing a basket during the meeting to pay for this service. They<br />
deal with the situation by having members talk after the meeting, <strong>and</strong><br />
they then agree to contribute to a fund for childcare. <strong>It</strong> is not made a part<br />
of the format nor is there a collection taken during the meeting.<br />
If other members have a better method, please share that<br />
information with <strong>Lifeline</strong>.<br />
— June 1998<br />
COMPULSIVE OVEREATER—RECOVERING OR RECOVERED<br />
• In a past <strong>Lifeline</strong> story, I saw a reference to a “recovered”<br />
compulsive overeater. Is that an acceptable term? I thought we<br />
were never really recovered.<br />
21
Many OAers use the term “recovered.” Many use the term<br />
“recovering.” Those who use “recovered” are emphasizing the change<br />
within that has given them the miracle of recovery. Those who use<br />
“recovering” are emphasizing the day-to-day work they do to keep<br />
recovering. There are no rights or wrongs in this regard. We use the<br />
words that feel most comfortable to us, keeping in mind that our primary<br />
purpose is to carry the message of recovery to those who still suffer, as<br />
Tradition Five points out.<br />
— November 2001<br />
CONCEPTS—TWELVE CONCEPTS OF OA SERVICE<br />
• At the May 1996 World Service Business Conference, a motion<br />
was passed suggesting that all intergroups, service boards <strong>and</strong><br />
regions read the Twelve Concepts at their meetings. What are the<br />
Twelve Concepts, <strong>and</strong> how do they fit into my personal recovery?<br />
In 1955, Bill W., AA’s co-founder, spoke at a convention about the<br />
Three Legacies—Recovery, Unity <strong>and</strong> Service—<strong>and</strong> how the entire AA<br />
Fellowship was responsible for Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>’ continuation <strong>and</strong><br />
growth. Service, AA’s Third Legacy, was an integral part of the AA<br />
experience as it developed through the Steps <strong>and</strong> Traditions. In 1962,<br />
AA’s General Service Conference adopted “The Twelve Concepts for World<br />
Service,” written by Bill W.<br />
OA’s Twelve Concepts of Service are spiritual principles that provide<br />
a firm foundation upon which our Fellowship can practice the Twelfth<br />
Step. They are practical guidelines for OA’s trusted servant—from group<br />
secretaries to general service trustees. Just as the Twelve Steps are<br />
spiritual principles we apply in our personal recoveries <strong>and</strong> the Twelve<br />
Traditions are principles we use to keep our groups functioning well, the<br />
Twelve Concepts are the guidelines we use to most effectively carry the<br />
OA message.<br />
These Concepts concretely describe OA’s service structure.<br />
Concepts One, Two, Six <strong>and</strong> Eight depict the chain of delegated<br />
responsibility needed for efficient <strong>and</strong> Higher Power-inspired OA service.<br />
Concepts Three, Four <strong>and</strong> Five direct the trusted servant to wellconsidered<br />
action: group participation, decision-making, voting <strong>and</strong> the<br />
courage to question. Concepts Seven <strong>and</strong> Ten speak to the need for clear<br />
<strong>and</strong> precise job descriptions. Concepts Nine <strong>and</strong> Eleven address the<br />
process of choosing those who are most able to be OA’s trusted servants.<br />
Concept Twelve ensures that OA service structures never become<br />
governments, thus allowing the “h<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> heart of OA” to be ever<br />
available to those who need it.<br />
Region Three adapted the Concepts for their use early on <strong>and</strong><br />
inspired others to study them. OA’s Board of Trustees established a<br />
22
Twelve Concepts Special Committee in 1989 to develop the Twelve<br />
Concepts of OA Service. The Committee consisted of World Service<br />
Business Conference (WSBC) delegates, intergroup <strong>and</strong> regional<br />
representatives, <strong>and</strong> a trustee serving as co-chair. The committee wrote<br />
several drafts of the Concepts during five years of World Service<br />
meetings <strong>and</strong> local <strong>and</strong> area-wide study groups, thus allowing a thorough<br />
discussion within the Fellowship before presenting them to the WSBC in<br />
1993. In May 1994, after further review, discussion <strong>and</strong> prayer, OA’s<br />
WSBC adopted The Twelve Concepts of OA Service. In addition, a<br />
h<strong>and</strong>book carefully describing each Concept is currently being developed.<br />
Since service is a basic part of our recovery program, these clearly<br />
defined Concepts benefit all of us in OA.<br />
(Text of The Twelve Concepts of OA Service followed the above.)<br />
— September 1996<br />
CONCEPTS—TWELVE CONCEPTS OF OA SERVICE PAMPHLET<br />
• What are the Twelve Concepts of OA service?<br />
OA’s Twelve Concepts of Service are spiritual principles that provide<br />
a firm foundation upon which our Fellowship can practice the Twelfth<br />
Step. They are practical guidelines for OA’s trusted servants—from group<br />
secretaries to general service trustees. Just as the Twelve Steps are<br />
spiritual principles we apply in our personal recoveries <strong>and</strong> the Twelve<br />
Traditions are principles we use to keep our groups functioning well, the<br />
Twelve Concepts are the guidelines we use to most effectively carry the<br />
OA message.<br />
The Twelve Concepts of OA Service pamphlet contains the full text<br />
<strong>and</strong> explanation of the Twelve Concepts (available from the WSO, item<br />
#330, $.75 each plus $2.25 shipping for US orders up to $15).<br />
— June 2004<br />
CONFIDENTIALITY—FIFTH STEP<br />
• I recently did my Fifth Step with another overeater, someone I<br />
felt I could trust. But, sadly, I’m still hearing from her about all<br />
my “wrong doings.” She keeps bringing up the gory details at<br />
inappropriate times, <strong>and</strong> I’m sure she has told others, too. How<br />
do I counteract these actions?<br />
As acknowledged on page 47 of The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />
Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, “Indeed, admitting the exact nature<br />
of our wrongs to another human being has been a frightening prospect<br />
for most of us, for we’ve never before risked such complete openness<br />
with another person.” Because of this risk, we are advised on page 48<br />
23
that, “<strong>It</strong> is important that we choose a trustworthy <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />
person with whom to complete Step Five.”<br />
How unfortunate that someone whom you trusted with the intimate<br />
details of your inventory has chosen to violate your trust by bringing up<br />
the character defects that you confided in her. While your question did<br />
not indicate whether this individual was your sponsor, we will assume this<br />
was the case. Likely, you will want to find another sponsor to help you<br />
work through the remaining Steps.<br />
Before doing this, however, you might first consider confronting this<br />
individual in private <strong>and</strong> expressing to her how her action has been<br />
hurtful to you. You might also read to her a passage from page 49 of our<br />
OA “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” which states that in doing Step Five “we are not<br />
looking for someone to tell us how to manage our problems. What we<br />
need is a loving witness, someone who will keep our confidences <strong>and</strong> will<br />
listen without judging us or seeking to fix us.” If you also have strong<br />
concern that she has broken your anonymity with others, it might be<br />
helpful for you to address this issue in the context of Tradition Twelve.<br />
No matter how you decide to deal with this person, we encourage<br />
you to continue your Step work, even if it means finding another sponsor.<br />
The longer you postpone the continuation of this process, the more<br />
difficult it will be to work your program.<br />
If any other members have h<strong>and</strong>led a similar breach of confidence<br />
with a sponsor or other OA member, please send us the story of how you<br />
were able to resolve this issue, hopefully in an affirmative way.<br />
— April 1996<br />
CONFRONTATION OF INTERGROUP PARTICIPANTS<br />
• Why don’t we confront, <strong>and</strong> how do we confront, obvious denial<br />
<strong>and</strong> disease in participants in intergroup?<br />
First, look at your IG bylaws under qualifications for officers,<br />
committee chairs <strong>and</strong> reps. Does your group have qualifications regarding<br />
resignation if one has returned to compulsive overeating or has other<br />
addictive behaviors related to food? Do the bylaws state whether the<br />
officers/reps should attend OA meetings <strong>and</strong> work the Twelve Steps of<br />
OA? Next, look at the job the person is doing. Are they meeting the<br />
responsibilities of the job? What is the person’s behavior at IG meetings?<br />
Is it disruptive?<br />
Somehow in OA, we are reluctant to confront this issue. All persons<br />
who state the desire to stop compulsive eating are welcome at meetings.<br />
However, IG is the business of your groups. IG officers have an obligation<br />
to make sure that IG decision makers are making decisions with clear<br />
thinking. If they are into their disease, they cannot make clear decisions.<br />
24
State what you see <strong>and</strong> hear. <strong>Ask</strong> if the person has a sponsor, if<br />
he/she is working with that sponsor or needs a sponsor? Is the person<br />
going to meetings? Next, the individual <strong>and</strong> officers must come to a<br />
decision. Is the person willing to become abstinent? Does he/she need to<br />
step down from the position? Carefrontation needs to be done prayerfully<br />
with the interest of the individual confronted foremost in mind.<br />
Shaming is not tolerated. Neither is enabling. Care <strong>and</strong> love are<br />
what this Fellowship is about.<br />
— July 1998<br />
COPYRIGHT—GUIDELINES (Some parts outdated as of May 2001)<br />
• I am the editor of an intergroup newsletter. Just about every OA<br />
newsletter I’ve seen reprints copyrighted OA or AA literature—<br />
with or without crediting the source. I have, for instance, seen<br />
whole pages photocopied out of For Today. Please give us some<br />
guidelines as to what we may or may not use. Is it okay to quote<br />
excerpts from The Twelve Steps of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> (with<br />
credit given)? What about material from OA pamphlets?<br />
Conference-approved literature is the main source of revenue for<br />
OA. Respecting OA’s copyright is a way of guarding our Seventh Tradition<br />
of self-support. Developing literature also fulfills OA’s primary purpose—<br />
to carry the message of recovery to the suffering compulsive overeater.<br />
If service bodies were allowed to reprint OA literature at will, it<br />
would be difficult for OA as a whole to fulfill its Seventh-Tradition<br />
directive. All OA literature, including audio <strong>and</strong> video cassettes, is<br />
protected under U.S. copyright law. No one, including OA members or<br />
service bodies, can reprint or reproduce excerpts from our literature<br />
without a written request, <strong>and</strong> permission is only rarely granted.<br />
Duplicating literature for other sources, including AA, also requires<br />
permission. If you wish to print an excerpt from AA literature, write to:<br />
Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>, General Service Office, Box 459, Gr<strong>and</strong> Central<br />
Station, New York, New York 10163.<br />
<strong>It</strong> is faster <strong>and</strong> simpler to reproduce materials that don’t require<br />
permission:<br />
OA service bodies may reprint articles from <strong>Lifeline</strong>, A Step Ahead,<br />
<strong>and</strong> the no-longer published WSO Notebook without permission as long as<br />
credit is given (i.e., “Reprinted from <strong>Lifeline</strong>, March 1993,” “Reprinted<br />
from WSO Notebook, November/December 1992,” or “Reprinted from A<br />
Step Ahead, February 1993”). (Additional items added in May 2001.)<br />
Under the “fair use” doctrine of copyright law, OA allows individuals<br />
or service bodies to quote up to 50 words from copyrighted OA<br />
publications over 50 words in length without requesting permission in<br />
25
advance, as long as proper credit is given. (No longer held to be true,<br />
but it’s interesting to see from whence this came.)<br />
Many well-known slogans <strong>and</strong> sayings (such as “one day at a time”<br />
or “easy does it”) are not copyrightable <strong>and</strong> require no approval.<br />
Keep in mind that copyright laws apply to all literature whether or<br />
not you see a copyright notice: “© 19_ _ <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, Inc. All<br />
rights reserved.”<br />
One of the most common copyright violations is the reprinting of<br />
popular newspaper comic strips, without obtaining permission from the<br />
newspaper syndicate. Printing comic strips or excerpts from outside<br />
literature also violates Tradition Six. Before using material from an<br />
outside enterprise, consider what message is being sent. Will reprinting<br />
this material imply that OA is endorsing or affiliating with the author, the<br />
enterprise, or the ideas contained within?<br />
<strong>It</strong> might be helpful to have each issue of an intergroup or region<br />
newsletter reviewed, prior to publication, by someone well-versed in OA’s<br />
Traditions. While the WSO editorial staff has a deep underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the<br />
Traditions, each issue of <strong>Lifeline</strong> <strong>and</strong> A Step Ahead is still reviewed by a<br />
trustee before it goes to print.<br />
The most challenging course for a newsletter editor is to seek out<br />
<strong>and</strong> print original work. <strong>Ask</strong> members to submit program-related stories,<br />
poems, <strong>and</strong> cartoons. This is a fun, recovery-enhancing way for members<br />
to share.<br />
More guidance can be found in the Guidelines for OA Newsletters,<br />
included with the OA Guidelines packet available in OA’s literature<br />
catalog.<br />
— April 1993<br />
CROSS TALK—A DEFINITION<br />
• What exactly is “cross talk”? Are all comments <strong>and</strong> responses to<br />
another person at a meeting cross talk? Is thanking someone for<br />
something they shared considered cross talk? Or only if it’s<br />
something negative?<br />
There is no specific definition of cross talk in OA literature. The<br />
Group H<strong>and</strong>book suggests that in discussion meetings groups should<br />
“give everybody a chance to participate, but discourage cross talk.” The<br />
Suggested Meeting Format comes closer to a definition: “We share our<br />
experience, strength, <strong>and</strong> hope in OA; feedback, cross talk, <strong>and</strong> advicegiving<br />
are discouraged here.”<br />
<strong>It</strong> seems from this that anything other than focusing on your own<br />
experience during your pitch could fall into the category of cross talk.<br />
That may include comments on what someone had just shared, no matter<br />
if you are giving support or offering an opinion. In OA we should feel free<br />
26
to express what’s difficult to express elsewhere, unfettered from others’<br />
judgment.<br />
Yet telling how you faced a comparable situation or felt similarly is<br />
common at meetings <strong>and</strong> can be, depending on your intention <strong>and</strong> tone,<br />
the best way to share your experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope.<br />
Clearly this is a gray area. Part of what we come to OA meetings for<br />
is to hear others’ recovery, see how they dealt with problems <strong>and</strong> feelings<br />
similar to ours, <strong>and</strong> to know we’re not alone. But responding to what<br />
others say is not sharing your experience; it’s your view of others in the<br />
room.<br />
The dictionary defines cross talk as “unwanted signals.” Since you<br />
never know if another member will want your comments or not, or how<br />
they will be taken, it’s best to steer clear of making them during a<br />
meeting.<br />
Sometimes it’s hard not to respond verbally immediately,<br />
particularly when someone has shared something deep <strong>and</strong> painful, or<br />
where there are tears. A loving hug or a pat on the shoulder may be the<br />
best response. After the meeting has ended, talking with the person is<br />
the best expression of underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>and</strong> support.<br />
Interrupting another member is also considered cross talk. Beyond<br />
the obvious need to respect each speaker, interruptions can be<br />
disruptive, cut short a member needing to speak <strong>and</strong> result in someone<br />
not being heard. To prevent this, many groups ask members to raise<br />
their h<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> be called upon by that day’s leader for sharing. They also<br />
ask others not to share until it is their turn.<br />
Tradition Four safeguards every OA group’s autonomy—problems<br />
are decided by group conscience. If the cross-talk question troubles your<br />
group, request a steering committee meeting where the issue can be<br />
thoroughly discussed. Be sure each member’s personal definition of cross<br />
talk is heard. Ultimately, the group consensus on what will be considered<br />
cross talk in that meeting should apply.<br />
— October 1992<br />
CROSS TALK—FURTHER CLARIFICATION<br />
• What is cross talk? Are all responses <strong>and</strong> comments to another<br />
person at a meeting cross talk? Is thanking someone for<br />
something they shared cross talk? Or is it cross talk only if the<br />
comments are negative? (Same question as above but slightly<br />
different answer.)<br />
OA literature does not specifically define cross talk. The Suggested<br />
Meeting Format states: “As you share your experience <strong>and</strong> strength in<br />
OA, please also share your hope. Feedback, cross talk <strong>and</strong> advice giving<br />
are discouraged here.”<br />
27
Discouraging cross talk provides the freedom in OA to say what is<br />
difficult to express elsewhere. Shares not focusing on your own<br />
experience may constitute cross talk, including comments in support of or<br />
opinions in response to another person’s share. Such responses are not<br />
sharing your experience; they are offering your view of others in the<br />
room.<br />
However, members do frequently share situations or describe<br />
feelings common to the group. Members want to hear about others’<br />
recovery, to see how others have dealt with similar situations <strong>and</strong> to<br />
know that they are not alone. Your intentions <strong>and</strong> tone determine<br />
whether responding to another’s situation is the best way to share your<br />
experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope. Clearly this is a gray area, <strong>and</strong> since you<br />
never know how others will interpret your remarks, sometimes it is best<br />
not to comment. <strong>It</strong> is especially difficult not to respond immediately to a<br />
member in pain. A loving hug, a pat on the shoulder or a talk with the<br />
person after the meeting is the best expression of support.<br />
Interrupting is also considered cross talk. Interruptions may disrupt<br />
the meeting <strong>and</strong> deny the speaker adequate opportunity to share. To<br />
prevent this, many groups ask members to raise their h<strong>and</strong>s for<br />
recognition before sharing.<br />
If cross talk troubles your group, request a steering committee<br />
meeting to discuss the problem. Consider each member’s personal<br />
definition of cross talk. Ultimately, the group’s consensus on what<br />
constitutes cross talk in its meeting should apply.<br />
— August 1999<br />
CROSS TALK—VERSUS DISCUSSION<br />
• <strong>Lifeline</strong> has suggestions in “For Discussion” each month.<br />
Recently, I suggested that our OA group hold a discussion on an<br />
article from <strong>Lifeline</strong>. I was told this was not possible because we<br />
do not allow “cross talk.” How, then, can we ever have a<br />
discussion?<br />
The purpose of discouraging “cross talk” is to prevent members<br />
from commenting on or giving advice relative to another member’s share,<br />
an action that could imply judgment or cause the sharing member<br />
embarrassment or emotional reaction. (For articles on cross talk, see also<br />
<strong>Lifeline</strong>, February 1995; <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong>, page 26; <strong>and</strong> A Step Ahead, OA’s<br />
quarterly newsletter, May 1994.) Obviously, a discussion is not<br />
appropriate in a setting where members are sharing or a speaker is<br />
leading a formal meeting.<br />
However, there may be appropriate times for discussion in OA.<br />
Some groups may hold discussions after the regular sharing meeting or<br />
as part of a special meeting such as a <strong>Lifeline</strong> meeting as described in the<br />
28
<strong>Lifeline</strong> Meeting Format (available from the WSO). Discussion may be part<br />
of a business or group conscience meeting; many workshops, marathons<br />
<strong>and</strong> conventions offer opportunities to discuss OA ideas; <strong>and</strong> a sponsor<br />
<strong>and</strong> sponsoree or other OA members meeting socially or personally may<br />
discuss program concepts.<br />
You may ask your group to hold a group conscience <strong>and</strong> determine<br />
what time is appropriate for you to discuss OA ideas. Many people will<br />
relax <strong>and</strong> speak more freely in a less formal setting, <strong>and</strong> this is useful for<br />
some. However, it is also important to remember that an OA discussion is<br />
not a forum for outside issues or an opening for personalities to take<br />
over. Consider h<strong>and</strong>ing out discussion guidelines, or select an impartial<br />
<strong>and</strong> respected member to monitor your discussion <strong>and</strong> keep it on track.<br />
In addition, a discussion on a <strong>Lifeline</strong> article or topics in For Today,<br />
Abstinence or the OA “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” is a wonderful way to receive<br />
more recovery. Many groups h<strong>and</strong>le these topics by each member in turn<br />
reading whatever is selected <strong>and</strong> then commenting on it until it is time for<br />
the meeting to end. This can be done with sharing <strong>and</strong> no “cross talk,”<br />
<strong>and</strong> is a great opportunity for learning more about the program <strong>and</strong> each<br />
other.<br />
— March 1998<br />
CROSS TALK—VERSUS SHARING<br />
• Sharing versus cross talk: please define the two <strong>and</strong> explain the<br />
differences, as it relates to an OA meeting.<br />
While this is a gray area in OA, there are major differences between<br />
the two. Cross talk, as defined in Webster’s New World <strong>and</strong> New<br />
Collegiate Dictionaries, means unwanted signals or interference in one or<br />
more communication channels. So, cross talk could be considered<br />
“interference” in another’s share.<br />
The Group H<strong>and</strong>book states: “Give everybody a chance to<br />
participate, but discourage cross talk.” The Suggested Meeting Format<br />
states: “We share our experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope in OA, however,<br />
feedback, cross talk <strong>and</strong> advice giving are discouraged here.”<br />
Therefore, in an OA meeting, one should feel free to express his or<br />
her own personal share without fear of negative or even positive<br />
comments. As stated in the October 1992 edition of <strong>Lifeline</strong>, “We should<br />
feel free to express what is difficult to express elsewhere, unfettered from<br />
others’ judgment.” This, in turn, helps members to feel safe.<br />
If cross talk is a problem at your meeting, request a steering<br />
committee meeting where the issue can be thoroughly discussed. Be sure<br />
each member’s personal definition of cross talk is heard. Ultimately, the<br />
group consensus on what will be considered cross talk in that meeting<br />
should apply.<br />
29
— February 1995<br />
DELEGATE—FUNDING<br />
• Some of the groups in our area do not wish any of their<br />
contributions to go towards funding delegates to the WSBC. Some<br />
groups have actually withheld contributions for this reason. What<br />
should we do?<br />
<strong>It</strong> would certainly dispel some of the distrust members have of<br />
intergroup <strong>and</strong> Conference activities if your delegates, upon returning<br />
from the Conference, were to write up business meeting <strong>and</strong> workshop<br />
highlights for your newsletter. (If an intergroup hasn’t sent any<br />
delegates, then highlights can be taken out of the WSBC Final Report.) If<br />
members can see that the policies <strong>and</strong> bylaw motions discussed <strong>and</strong><br />
voted on at WSBC do, in fact, affect their program, they may be more apt<br />
to want to be represented there.<br />
Our Conference is an annual opportunity for OA members from<br />
around the world to meet <strong>and</strong> discuss issues that are crucial to our<br />
ongoing ability to carry our message of recovery to those who need it.<br />
So, a group that withholds contributions from its intergroup precisely to<br />
deny sending delegates to Conference is in violation of Tradition Seven<br />
(affecting the intergroup’s ability to be self-supporting) <strong>and</strong> Tradition Four<br />
(affecting OA as a whole).<br />
You might wish to invite your regional trustee or a regional officer<br />
to hold a Service <strong>and</strong> Traditions Workshop. And encourage as much open<br />
discussion as you can. Misconceptions can usually be cleared up with<br />
some good, direct communication.<br />
— January 1997<br />
DELEGATE—REPORTS<br />
• I like the WSO summary about WSBC. <strong>It</strong>’s helpful <strong>and</strong> timely,<br />
but doesn’t it let delegates off the hook for taking notes <strong>and</strong><br />
writing reports for their intergroups <strong>and</strong> groups?<br />
Each intergroup has bylaws, <strong>and</strong> many have policy <strong>and</strong> procedure<br />
manuals. The job description for a world service delegate needs to be<br />
outlined so that the person in that service position knows his/her job. Part<br />
of the job is to give a written report to the intergroup. The intergroup can<br />
then dispense the information as it sees fit. The intergroup may put the<br />
information in its newsletter or in IG minutes, or use other means of<br />
distribution. This is being responsible. A report in one of the intergroup’s<br />
minutes regarding the 1997 WSBC was full of positive happenings at<br />
WSBC. All motions were spelled out, whether they passed or failed, <strong>and</strong><br />
30
the intergroup delegate stated his vote. The Final Conference Report from<br />
WSO does not come out until several months after the Conference.<br />
— May 1998<br />
EMAIL AT WORK<br />
• Is using work email for OA matters a break in Traditions?<br />
Email is a means of communication similar to a phone call. What is<br />
your employer’s policy regarding phone calls? Is it the same for email?<br />
Use of company time <strong>and</strong> equipment for personal communication is<br />
often a violation of company policy, <strong>and</strong> the answer is evident. Have you<br />
spoken with your employer about the issue, or are you doing it secretly?<br />
This question probably falls under the guidelines for personal use of<br />
the company copy machine. If an employee supplies the paper, some<br />
companies permit personal use if it’s not on company time (during a<br />
break, for example). Even so, it would be an “outside contribution,” which<br />
we don’t accept according to program principles <strong>and</strong> Tradition Seven.<br />
Besides looking at the issue as a Tradition violation, we could look<br />
at it as a violation of the honesty principle. If using email for personal<br />
reasons takes away from your commitment to work a specified number of<br />
hours a day, or if your company has a policy against personal email use,<br />
then the decision is clear. To work an honest program, you could not use<br />
company email for OA matters. If your employer allows limited personal<br />
phone calls or related actions as benefits of the job, you can discuss the<br />
question with your sponsor as an integrity issue.<br />
Another concern is that employers have the right to read<br />
employees’ email, so you might be compromising your anonymity.<br />
— November 2000<br />
ENTERTAINMENT COUPON BOOKS<br />
• For approximately 10 years, our intergroup has been selling<br />
entertainment coupon books as a fund-raising project. This has<br />
caused dissension over the last couple of years because some<br />
people say we are violating Tradition Six by endorsing an outside<br />
enterprise. How is this different from selling a mug or a T-shirt?<br />
The answer to your query does appear to be in a gray area. For this<br />
reason, the OA Board of Trustees discussed the issue at a recent meeting.<br />
The consensus of the board was that selling entertainment coupon books<br />
could be considered endorsement of an outside enterprise. The board felt<br />
that this type of sale would connect the OA program to local businesses,<br />
implying an affiliation. When mugs or T-shirts are sold, the mug or T-shirt<br />
manufacturer is not being promoted.<br />
31
We want to stick to our primary purpose, <strong>and</strong> selling coupons is not<br />
OA’s purpose. We don’t affiliate with anyone, <strong>and</strong> we are self-supporting.<br />
Since this appears to be controversial, perhaps you could choose a<br />
more traditional fund-raiser that would bring peace, growth <strong>and</strong> recovery<br />
to your intergroup. You could sponsor a mini-marathon with a suggested<br />
donation or a dance with an OA speaker, or you might even consider<br />
selling T-shirts <strong>and</strong> mugs.<br />
—January 2000<br />
EXERCISE<br />
• Our group has added exercise as a tool when we read the list of<br />
OA’s tools at meetings. Is there any policy that restricts our group<br />
from doing this?<br />
Although OA groups are autonomous, this autonomy does not<br />
protect actions that might affect OA as a whole. No specific policy states<br />
that groups may or may not add tools at their discretion. However, since<br />
the 2006 World Service Business Conference voted down a motion to add<br />
exercise as a tool, your group’s decision violates Tradition Four.<br />
Opinions vary on the value of physical activity. The OA Fellowship is<br />
not qualified to comment on exercise, nutrition or any other medical or<br />
psychological matter. Just as an OA member makes a personal choice to<br />
use a plan of eating, he or she can choose whether to use exercise as a<br />
tool. The best way to decide is by using resources outside of OA.<br />
— May 2007<br />
GROUP CONSCIENCE—NEEDLEWORK<br />
• One of our groups voted through the group conscience to<br />
prohibit members from working on needlework during meetings.<br />
Some members think that because the only requirement for<br />
membership is a desire to stop eating compulsively, needlework<br />
should be allowed. Others cite group autonomy <strong>and</strong> think<br />
members who divide their attention between the people sharing<br />
<strong>and</strong> needlework projects are showing boredom <strong>and</strong> inattention.<br />
Some who bring needlework say they do it to allay nervousness<br />
<strong>and</strong> hyperactivity. Was the decision to ban needlework acceptable<br />
or a Tradition break?<br />
“Each group should be autonomous except in matters affecting<br />
other groups or OA as a whole” (Tradition Four). Group autonomy<br />
extends to all things that go on within a group that don’t affect other<br />
groups. This group’s decision to change a meeting format to include a<br />
request that individuals refrain from needlework does not violate the OA<br />
Traditions. However, the individuals who do the needlework (or any<br />
32
action determined unwanted at a meeting) are likely to take the result of<br />
the group conscience as a personal attack. Such a decision should be<br />
made <strong>and</strong> implemented carefully or the question might come up<br />
repeatedly at group conscience meetings.<br />
Although the only requirement for OA membership is the desire to<br />
stop eating compulsively, that doesn’t mean a group must condone<br />
members’ actions they find objectionable.<br />
I recall a situation in the early 1980s when groups wanted to ban<br />
smoking at meetings. The same questions arose. Members didn’t object<br />
when the facility where the meeting was held prohibited smoking, but it<br />
created much angst <strong>and</strong> hurt feelings when the group banned smoking in<br />
a facility that allowed it. However, the group determined the decision was<br />
within the boundaries of group autonomy because the smoking annoyed<br />
enough people to cause a majority to vote for a smoke-free meeting.<br />
We can apply the same principle to the group’s decision to prohibit<br />
needlework.<br />
— April 2004<br />
GROUP CONSCIENCE—TRADITION ONE<br />
• At OA group-conscience meetings, isn’t it a violation of Tradition<br />
One to use a majority vote instead of consensus or “substantial<br />
unanimity”?<br />
Tradition One has to be viewed in conjunction with Tradition Two,<br />
which speaks of our group conscience. Unity does not mean unanimous<br />
agreement. A member can disagree with the group but be unified in<br />
accepting the group conscience in the spirit of unanimity.<br />
Concept 12(d) of the OA Twelve Concepts helps us answer this<br />
question: “The spiritual foundation for OA service ensures that . . . all<br />
important decisions shall be reached by discussion, vote <strong>and</strong>, whenever<br />
possible, by substantial unanimity.” The more important the decision, the<br />
greater the percentage voting for or against the motion should be.<br />
Sometimes, however, a decision must be made for the good of the group,<br />
<strong>and</strong> a majority could be the deciding factor. If time permits, however, a<br />
decision on a contentious issue should be postponed until there can be<br />
substantial unanimity.<br />
Concept 12(d) in The Twelve Concepts of OA Service pamphlet,<br />
which was approved by the 2001 World Service Business Conference,<br />
further states: “Although a specified percentage of a vote is required . . .,<br />
issues should be discussed many times whenever possible until the group<br />
reaches substantial unanimity. OA groups are best served when they<br />
diligently listen to the minority <strong>and</strong> do not decide on matters by a close<br />
vote. A close vote is usually an indication that group conscience has not<br />
yet been reached.”<br />
33
Group conscience means to move slowly. The person in the minority<br />
may be speaking God’s words.<br />
— September 2001<br />
GROUPS—A DEFINITION<br />
• The January 2002 issue of <strong>Lifeline</strong> asked about registered<br />
groups that do not agree with their intergroups. In our area, the<br />
intergroup does not seem to accept groups with the OA HOW<br />
format as legitimate OA groups. <strong>It</strong> seems unclear why the<br />
intergroup should or should not list HOW groups. Why would<br />
these groups contribute to an intergroup that does not recognize<br />
them? My underst<strong>and</strong>ing is that they may be recognized by world<br />
service <strong>and</strong> not by the local intergroup. Would you help clear up<br />
this confusion?<br />
The definition of an OA group is found in the OA Inc. Bylaws,<br />
Subpart B, Article V, Section 1, Definition, which states:<br />
“These points shall define an OA group:<br />
1) As a group, they meet to practice the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />
Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />
2) All who have the desire to stop eating compulsively are welcome<br />
in the group.<br />
3) No member is required to practice any actions in order to remain<br />
a member or to have a voice (share at a meeting).<br />
4) As a group they have no affiliation other than OA.”<br />
These criteria are listed on the back of the group registration form,<br />
<strong>and</strong> any group that submits a completed form is registered by the World<br />
Service Office. <strong>It</strong> is difficult to answer your questions without knowing<br />
why the intergroup does not recognize OA HOW meetings in the area.<br />
Perhaps the intergroup does not underst<strong>and</strong> the OA HOW concept or<br />
thinks OA HOW groups are not complying with the definition of a group<br />
<strong>and</strong> practicing the Twelve Traditions. <strong>It</strong> would seem the solution lies in<br />
creating better communication between the OA HOW groups <strong>and</strong> the<br />
intergroup to clear up misunderst<strong>and</strong>ings on both parts. OA’s “Unity with<br />
Diversity” statement encourages the entire Fellowship to accept <strong>and</strong><br />
respect various concepts of working our Twelve-Step program.<br />
— January 2003<br />
HOW—ACTIONS IN AN AREA<br />
• Certain actions of HOW meetings in my area concern me.<br />
1. Should the name of OA/HOW be used in advertisements?<br />
2. Should my sponsor dictate the foods I should <strong>and</strong> should<br />
not eat?<br />
34
3. Should HOW members refuse to associate with another<br />
member who is not working the program the HOW way?<br />
4. Should a person not working the HOW program be denied<br />
service positions?<br />
5. Should a sponsor drop a sponsoree who does not weigh<br />
<strong>and</strong> measure food in restaurants?<br />
All OA meetings should consider whether their actions help<br />
compulsive overeaters find recovery through the Twelve Steps or hinder<br />
their finding recovery. Many meetings identify themselves by their special<br />
interests: Big Book studies, HOW, maintainers, newcomers, men, women.<br />
As long as they don’t exclude others from sharing, they are not breaching<br />
Tradition Three.<br />
All OA members have the right to their own way of treating other<br />
OAers. However, those who insist that others follow a particular food<br />
plan, do not associate with members who work the Steps differently, or<br />
drop sponsorees because their food plans are different should question<br />
whether they are helping or hindering OA as a whole <strong>and</strong> whether they<br />
are helping or hindering the recovery of an individual member.<br />
Many meetings have requirements for service positions, usually<br />
linked to a notion of the kind of experience necessary to benefit the<br />
group. Requiring those who serve to follow a particular way of doing the<br />
Steps may exclude people who could benefit the group. No one should<br />
feel excluded from a group: That’s what Tradition Three is all about. We<br />
should always remember that OA is our home <strong>and</strong> we exist to provide a<br />
home to those who suffer.<br />
— December 2004<br />
HOW—GROUPS AND FOOD PLANS<br />
• Our OA group gets quite a few visitors from a nearby HOW<br />
meeting. These members use meeting time to talk about food<br />
plans <strong>and</strong> the grams of fat in what they eat. I’m a bit confused.<br />
Are HOW meetings recognized by OA?<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>’s World Service Office registers any group<br />
that sends in a completed group registration form. On the back of this<br />
form are listed the criteria that define what an OA group is according to<br />
OA’s bylaws. As the form states, only those groups that comply with this<br />
definition may be registered with the WSO.<br />
To paraphrase the criteria, an OA group is any group consisting of<br />
two or more persons that: meets to practice the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />
Traditions of OA; welcomes all who have a desire to stop eating<br />
compulsively; requires no member to practice any actions in order to<br />
remain a member or share at meetings; <strong>and</strong>, as a group, has no<br />
35
affiliation other than OA. By submitting this form, a group is stating that<br />
it agrees to abide by the above points.<br />
Within your own meeting, a group conscience might be taken<br />
regarding the discussion of details of specific food plans <strong>and</strong> dieting tips<br />
during meetings. Perhaps a request might be read at the beginning of<br />
each meeting asking members to keep their emphasis on recovery<br />
through the Twelve Steps.<br />
— July 1992, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />
September/October 1991<br />
HOW—HOW CONCEPT AND TRADITIONS VIOLATIONS<br />
• What is the HOW concept of OA recovery? How does it fit into<br />
the larger OA Fellowship? What about Traditions violations, such<br />
as the endorsement of food plans <strong>and</strong> requirements for OA<br />
membership other than a desire to stop eating compulsively?<br />
HOW is an acronym for “honesty, open-mindedness <strong>and</strong><br />
willingness”—the indispensable essentials of recovery as described in the<br />
“Big Book.” HOW meetings began in Phoenix, Arizona, when a difference<br />
of direction divided the local intergroup. Members of the new intergroup<br />
felt the need to emphasize the concrete use of food plans to attain<br />
physical recovery while working the Steps.<br />
HOW meetings emphasize a “disciplined <strong>and</strong> structured” approach<br />
to working OA’s Twelve Steps. That means members work the Steps with<br />
a concerted effort, study OA literature, consistently follow a plan of eating<br />
(provided or approved by a health-care professional), communicate with<br />
a sponsor <strong>and</strong> use all the tools of recovery. During their first 30 days,<br />
HOW sponsorees are encouraged to complete the first three Steps,<br />
remain abstinent, make a commitment to attend OA meetings, report<br />
their daily menus <strong>and</strong> answer Step-related questions. While there are<br />
some variations, these are the practices of most HOW groups.<br />
Since 1981 HOW meetings have migrated to other places in the<br />
United States, Canada <strong>and</strong> countries in Regions Nine <strong>and</strong> Ten. Each HOW<br />
group <strong>and</strong> intergroup is as autonomous as every other group <strong>and</strong><br />
intergroup; there is no universal HOW consciousness or any such thing as<br />
a HOW authority, other than the Fellowship of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />
HOW members are “chopping wood <strong>and</strong> carrying water” at every OA<br />
service level along with the rest of our Fellowship. OA’s “Unity with<br />
Diversity” statement encourages the entire Fellowship to accept <strong>and</strong><br />
respect various concepts of working our Twelve-Step program.<br />
Some OAers have questions about whether HOW endorses a<br />
particular food plan. The answer is that HOW groups <strong>and</strong> intergroups are<br />
encouraging members to adopt a plan of eating; this is in accordance<br />
with OA policies <strong>and</strong> the guidelines in The Tools of Recovery pamphlet.<br />
36
As for requirements for membership or for sharing at a meeting, HOW<br />
groups may have requirements for service, as do most OA groups, but<br />
not for sharing at or attending the meeting.<br />
Sometimes there is confusion about HOW’s use of locally produced<br />
literature, outside literature <strong>and</strong> OA-approved literature. According to OA<br />
policy, it is okay for groups to use literature created by local OA service<br />
bodies “with the greatest discretion.” When a comparable piece of<br />
literature is available through WSO, the locally produced piece is<br />
discontinued. For example, most HOW groups are discovering that The<br />
Twelve-Step Workbook of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> does a much better job<br />
than the older “30-Day <strong>Questions</strong>,” which was adapted from another<br />
Twelve-Step program.<br />
However, if a group indisputably exceeds the bounds of OA policies,<br />
bylaws <strong>and</strong> Traditions, the Board of Trustees, with the approval of<br />
Conference, will cancel the group’s registration as an OA meeting. This<br />
happened in 1996 with the Southern California HOW/OA Intergroup.<br />
Though asked many times over a six-year period to comply with OA<br />
Traditions, bylaws <strong>and</strong> policies, the intergroup persisted in endorsing <strong>and</strong><br />
distributing food plans, imposing requirements for sharing at meetings,<br />
endorsing <strong>and</strong> selling outside literature <strong>and</strong> modifying the wording of the<br />
Twelve Traditions. The intergroup <strong>and</strong> its affiliated groups were deregistered,<br />
though groups were informed of the option to remain affiliated<br />
with OA through another intergroup.<br />
Our widest possible group conscience vote has established the right<br />
of diverse concepts to exist within the same framework established for<br />
every OA group <strong>and</strong> service body. The First Tradition tells us “ . . .<br />
personal recovery depends on OA unity.” When we focus on everything<br />
we have in common, rather than on our differences, we proclaim our<br />
unity <strong>and</strong> our own recovery. Then we can dedicate our energies to<br />
fulfilling our primary purpose.<br />
— July 1997<br />
INTERGROUP SERVICES—SUPPORTED BY SEVENTH TRADITION<br />
• People in our area are getting the wrong idea about money<br />
donated to our intergroup. What services should this money<br />
support?<br />
Intergroups typically have expenses to support OA services related<br />
to OA business that they conduct. Those expenses can be meeting room<br />
rental, telephone bills for OA answering services, newsletter expenses<br />
<strong>and</strong> OA office rental. Intergroups often have special committees whose<br />
mission it is to spread the OA message: special events; public<br />
information; hospitals, institutions, professionals <strong>and</strong> the military. These<br />
37
committees often incur expenses in conducting their activities. The<br />
Seventh Tradition monies donated to the intergroup fund these expenses.<br />
— April 2000<br />
JOURNALS AND DEATH<br />
• The July 1996 issue of <strong>Lifeline</strong> asked our readers how you would<br />
h<strong>and</strong>le an OA friend’s journals after the member’s unexpected<br />
death. We asked, too, how you would like your surviving family<br />
<strong>and</strong> friends to treat your writings after your death. Below are<br />
excerpts from responses we received.<br />
Some things are better left unread. Writing has always been my<br />
favorite tool because I could write what I’d never say out loud to<br />
anyone—sometimes with good reason.<br />
I collected a stack of journals over three feet high in eight years in<br />
OA; I thought they were too important to throw away. But then, on two<br />
occasions, the wrong eyes read my writings, <strong>and</strong> the results were<br />
disastrous. Not too long after, I realized the stack had become a burden.<br />
I looked at it <strong>and</strong> said to myself, “Not only does it contain extremely<br />
private information, but I will probably never read any of it. <strong>It</strong>’s full of<br />
painful lessons I’ve already learned, <strong>and</strong>, basically, I’ve moved on.” I<br />
decided to burn it all during an unusually cold spring night. I’d<br />
recommend the same for any OAer.<br />
S.M., Long Isl<strong>and</strong>, New York USA<br />
I save my journals to review the year on New Year’s Day; it’s<br />
surprising how helpful they are. I’ve had some concerns about keeping<br />
my journals, though. I live alone, <strong>and</strong> my grown sons would be the ones<br />
to find them after I’m gone. So, I’ve decided to attach a note to the<br />
journals. <strong>It</strong> goes like this:<br />
“The writing in my journals was for the sole purpose of helping me<br />
to underst<strong>and</strong> myself <strong>and</strong> life in general. If you choose to read them, you<br />
may be shocked at times, bored at other times, <strong>and</strong> you may question<br />
my sanity at times. I wrote my feelings as I was feeling them, my<br />
thoughts as they came to mind, my beliefs as I saw them at the time.<br />
“However, all of that is flexible <strong>and</strong> changing, <strong>and</strong> I don’t write<br />
everything down, so please keep that in mind.<br />
“Life is precious to me, <strong>and</strong> I believe it continues on even after<br />
death. I want to grow <strong>and</strong> learn while I’m here on earth, <strong>and</strong> my<br />
journaling helps me to do that.”<br />
K.S., New London, Minnesota USA<br />
My response to the question of how to h<strong>and</strong>le the journals of an OA<br />
friend or family member who had died is to destroy them without reading<br />
38
them. I believe that no one has the right to the private material in<br />
anyone’s journal, unless a person specifically designates someone to own<br />
<strong>and</strong> read the journals in the event of his or her death.<br />
I have been in OA five years, <strong>and</strong> I also teach journaling classes. In<br />
all the material I have read <strong>and</strong> presented on journaling, <strong>and</strong> from my<br />
personal underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the spiritual <strong>and</strong> psychological value of journalkeeping,<br />
I think that no one has the privilege of reading anyone’s journal.<br />
I told my oldest daughter several years ago that she is the one to<br />
own my journals when I die. <strong>Lifeline</strong> has raised a very important issue<br />
with this question; those who keep journals should give prayerful<br />
consideration to the h<strong>and</strong>ling of their journals in the event of sickness or<br />
death.<br />
J.N., Poughkeepsie, New York USA<br />
I am 79 now <strong>and</strong> am living a better spiritual life than I ever thought<br />
possible. I believe I’ve been brought to these rooms of recovery for a<br />
reason: to carry the message of recovery to other compulsive people.<br />
Through my album of writings, I can send a message after I’m gone.<br />
Nothing would please me so much as the fact that all my learning <strong>and</strong><br />
underst<strong>and</strong>ing from others would be passed on <strong>and</strong> on. How can we know<br />
to what lengths these messages will travel?<br />
I come from a compulsive family. Maybe someone reading my<br />
journals could see that it is okay to seek help. My Gr<strong>and</strong>ma did. She<br />
didn’t fear anyone; she just wanted the obsession to stop talking to her.<br />
I also make a point of donating tapes <strong>and</strong> literature to newcomers<br />
<strong>and</strong> to meetings. My heart goes out to those in pain, <strong>and</strong> I think this<br />
small act will be remembered. I know I inspire others to keep coming<br />
back. This is my reward.<br />
V., Pennsylvania, USA<br />
My husb<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> I are updating our wills <strong>and</strong> you can be sure I will<br />
include information on how I would like this h<strong>and</strong>led.<br />
My personal wish is that all my writings <strong>and</strong> any printed literature<br />
with written notations be discarded without reading them or sharing them<br />
with anyone. Burning would be my choice. I ordinarily do not save any<br />
writings beyond the notebook that I currently use because they contain<br />
information which I do not want to reveal to anyone.<br />
Within the last year, my family was involved in a lawsuit where<br />
some of my OA literature <strong>and</strong> some of my husb<strong>and</strong>’s writings became<br />
part of the evidence. <strong>It</strong> was particularly painful to listen to a stranger—an<br />
adversary looking for “dirt”—comb through the information <strong>and</strong> twist it to<br />
make us out as monsters. As a result I have learned to quickly clean up<br />
my resentments <strong>and</strong> destroy each day’s writing within the week it was<br />
written. Unfortunately, it has made me less trusting <strong>and</strong> more fearful of<br />
39
evealing myself on paper. This occurred after a 16-year membership in<br />
OA during which I wrote faithfully every day.<br />
In this program, we learn to take care of ourselves by creating a<br />
safe environment for ourselves. Each of us decides how to do that in a<br />
way that allows us to live free of fear.<br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong><br />
— November 1996<br />
LETTERS FORWARDED FROM WSO<br />
• Sometimes our intergroup receives letters forwarded to us that<br />
have been sent to the World Service Office by prospective<br />
members in our area. We’re unsure about what’s been done <strong>and</strong><br />
what we’re supposed to do. How does WSO respond to inquiries<br />
from those wishing to start new meetings? What can our<br />
intergroup do?<br />
When someone inquires about <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, the World<br />
Service Office staff replies with a special information packet. <strong>It</strong> contains<br />
the pamphlets OA Cares, About OA, Many Symptoms, One Solution, <strong>and</strong><br />
a meeting list for the appropriate area. If the person lives in a remote<br />
area or is otherwise unable to attend meetings, a Service by Mail<br />
pamphlet is also included, along with telephone numbers of the closest<br />
intergroup for personal contacts. [Service by Mail program no longer<br />
exists.]<br />
If the letter asks for help in starting a new group, the WSO staff<br />
sends a $9 Group Starter Kit containing a Suggested Meeting Format, 26<br />
OA-approved pamphlets, a current OA Literature Catalog, a recent issue<br />
of <strong>Lifeline</strong>, <strong>Lifeline</strong> subscription forms, a <strong>Lifeline</strong> Meeting Format <strong>and</strong><br />
Writer’s Guidelines for the magazine.<br />
The office has recently discontinued contacting the intergroup in the<br />
correspondent’s area, hoping to avert confusion over the intergroup’s<br />
role. Rather, we encourage the new group to return its Group Registration<br />
form to the World Service Office, <strong>and</strong> then contact the closest intergroup<br />
themselves.<br />
The intergroup provides the vital contact between the group, region<br />
<strong>and</strong> World Service levels of OA. Even remote groups can maintain contact<br />
through intergroup affiliation. Sometimes a group or intergroup will<br />
“sponsor” a new meeting for a short period, sending members to attend<br />
<strong>and</strong> participate. For remote groups, a sponsor-group might send taped<br />
meetings, correspond with newcomers <strong>and</strong> provide phone support. There<br />
is also an OA meeting on tape available from the WSO.<br />
Ultimately, it’s the personal contact that makes the difference.<br />
Trustees, delegates, representatives <strong>and</strong> other dedicated members<br />
committed to OA service are the essential ingredients. They provide the<br />
40
energy <strong>and</strong> personal example that breathes life into new groups, nurtures<br />
new members <strong>and</strong> keeps “old” members coming back.<br />
— December 1995<br />
LIFELINE IN TWELFTH-STEP WORK<br />
• How can our group use <strong>Lifeline</strong> in our Twelfth-Step work?<br />
Reports from individuals <strong>and</strong> groups who use <strong>Lifeline</strong> to carry the<br />
message give a number of suggestions. One group recommends holding a<br />
special session to brainstorm on this subject. Each person is asked to toss<br />
out ideas, which one of the members jots down. Later, the group sifts out<br />
the ones that are workable.<br />
Here are some suggestions that are used in many areas:<br />
Donate subscriptions to the following institutions <strong>and</strong> individuals.<br />
(Always ask permission in advance if the proposed recipients are non-<br />
OA.)<br />
⎯⎯ Public libraries, school libraries, patients' libraries in<br />
hospitals (contributions of back copies may also be welcome<br />
there).<br />
⎯⎯ Physicians, clergy, guidance counselors, therapists,<br />
nutritionists <strong>and</strong> others who work with compulsive overeaters.<br />
⎯⎯ Friends <strong>and</strong> relatives.<br />
Leave copies in waiting rooms <strong>and</strong> lounges of airports <strong>and</strong> bus<br />
stations, on airplane <strong>and</strong> bus seats, in restrooms, coffee shops, exercise<br />
clubs, laundromats, schools, <strong>and</strong> churches.<br />
Give a copy of <strong>Lifeline</strong>, past or current, to newcomers at their first<br />
meeting.<br />
Keep a stack of <strong>Lifeline</strong>s where guests can browse through them in<br />
your home.<br />
Carry a copy or two with you to give to someone with whom you<br />
may strike up a conversation about dieting, overweight, <strong>and</strong> <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />
— November 1992, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />
September/October 1981<br />
LITERATURE—APPROVAL AND TRADITION SIX<br />
• Why can't OA give Conference approval to non-OA/AA<br />
literature? There are several publications that do not conflict with<br />
the Twelve-Step program <strong>and</strong> which our group would like to make<br />
available to the member.<br />
Tradition Six states, "An OA group ought never endorse, finance, or<br />
lend the OA name to any related facility or outside enterprise . . ." To<br />
give Conference approval to non-OA/AA literature would be to endorse<br />
41
<strong>and</strong> lend the OA name to an outside enterprise, namely the publishers of<br />
the books, pamphlets, or what-have-you.<br />
The history of Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong> makes clear that the Twelve<br />
Traditions evolved mainly as a result of just such problems of outside<br />
endorsement <strong>and</strong> affiliation encountered in that Fellowship's early years.<br />
The principles those founding AAs set forth in the Traditions are<br />
comparable in their inspired wisdom only to the Twelve Steps. Through<br />
their built-in protection against anything that would "divert use from our<br />
primary purpose," they make recovery possible for each of us.<br />
— January 1993 <strong>and</strong> July 1989, reprinted from WSO Notebook,<br />
January/February 1982<br />
LITERATURE—COST OF OA’S “TWELVE AND TWELVE”<br />
• Why does OA’s “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” at $10.99 cost so much<br />
more than AA’s “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” at $4.25? Can we lower the<br />
price?<br />
The simple answer is that AA is a much larger organization than OA<br />
<strong>and</strong> sells many more copies of its “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve.” Therefore, it can<br />
print larger quantities at a lower price <strong>and</strong> pass the savings on to its<br />
members.<br />
— June 2001<br />
• Why does OA’s “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” cost so much more than<br />
AA’s “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve”? Can WSO lower the price?<br />
The Board of Trustees’ Executive Committee reviews the selling<br />
price of each piece of literature. Committee members consider the cost of<br />
printing as well as any other production expenses.<br />
OA has a much smaller membership than AA, so there are fewer<br />
potential buyers for any given piece of literature. We therefore order<br />
fewer copies at a time, so the cost of printing per book (or pamphlet) is<br />
greater. We do not get the same volume discounts—i.e., the more items<br />
printed, the lower the cost per item.<br />
Literature sales make up a large percentage of the income of<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, Inc. In 2005, literature sales were just under 58<br />
percent of the total income, with donations making up most of the<br />
remaining income. For us to support the programs offered to our<br />
membership, we must maintain a reasonable profit margin on our<br />
literature.<br />
The OA “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” is now available in a pocket edition.<br />
This smaller size at a lower cost has the complete text found in the fullsize<br />
edition.<br />
— November 2006<br />
42
LITERATURE—HOW DIFFERENT SYMPTOMS ARE ADDRESSED<br />
• If OA exists for all people who are obsessed with food,<br />
regardless of their particular symptoms, why do the invitation<br />
cards <strong>and</strong> other pieces of OA literature address solely the<br />
concerns of the overeater—the one who suffers from weight,<br />
failed diets <strong>and</strong> so on?<br />
For many years now, a number of people whose obsession with<br />
food included behaviors other than overeating have found recovery in OA.<br />
The 1992 WSBC acknowledged this diversity with a Policy Statement:<br />
“The World Service Business Conference resolves to welcome anorexics<br />
<strong>and</strong> bulimics in the OA Fellowship as full <strong>and</strong> equal members.”<br />
While those involved with the development <strong>and</strong> approval of<br />
literature recognize this fact, their efforts are also guided by this<br />
Fellowship’s primary purpose as stated in the OA Preamble: “Our primary<br />
purpose is to abstain from compulsive overeating <strong>and</strong> to carry this<br />
message of recovery to those who still suffer.”<br />
Additional guidance for the development of literature is provided by<br />
the WSBC Policy 1982a which states that OA “does not have any<br />
literature for specific eating disorders other than compulsive overeating.<br />
We welcome in love <strong>and</strong> fellowship all who have the desire to stop eating<br />
compulsively.”<br />
Although we are prohibited from developing literature for specific<br />
eating disorders other than compulsive overeating, our literature does<br />
acknowledge that there are members in our Fellowship who are<br />
recovering from other food obsessions. The leaflet “Many Symptoms, One<br />
Solution” informs the newcomer that our members may vary greatly in<br />
body size as well as in their particular obsessions <strong>and</strong> behaviors with<br />
food. “Our symptoms may vary,” it says, “but we share a common bond:<br />
We are powerless over food <strong>and</strong> our lives are unmanageable . . . We find<br />
that no matter what our symptoms, we all suffer from the same disease—<br />
one that can be arrested by living this program one day at a time.”* This<br />
leaflet might be especially helpful to your group in welcoming all<br />
newcomers.<br />
Additions <strong>and</strong> changes to OA literature are voted on <strong>and</strong> approved<br />
at the annual World Service Business Conference in May. If you feel<br />
strongly about changing the wording of existing OA literature, talk to your<br />
intergroup’s World Service delegate about having this issue brought up<br />
for discussion at a future Conference.<br />
* “Many Symptoms, One Solution” © 1991, 1995, <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>, Inc. All rights reserved.<br />
— May 1996<br />
43
LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED AND OUTSIDE ISSUES<br />
• Is it a violation of the Sixth <strong>and</strong> Tenth Traditions if an OA<br />
member distributes non-OA-approved literature to other OA<br />
members or talks about outside issues during the break at an OA<br />
meeting?<br />
Although these folks may be well-meaning, when they bring non-OA<br />
materials or issues into the setting of an OA meeting, they sidetrack the<br />
meeting’s primary purpose. OA members need to carry the OA message.<br />
When members include non-OA literature or outside issues in a meeting,<br />
even if it is during a break, they dilute <strong>and</strong> divert OA’s message.<br />
While a break during an OA meeting does not have an official<br />
format, it is a part of the meeting process; thus, members most certainly<br />
need to consider Traditions. Use of non-OA literature or the introduction<br />
of outside issues is not in keeping with Traditions Six <strong>and</strong> Ten. We carry<br />
our OA message of recovery through OA’s Twelve Steps, Twelve<br />
Traditions <strong>and</strong> the tools. Anything else brought into the OA meeting<br />
environment distorts the message. As our “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” states in<br />
Step Twelve, “Also, we’ve found it less confusing to others if we make it a<br />
habit when sharing about the program to concentrate on our OA<br />
experience, rather than on aspects of our experience not related to OA”<br />
(page 102). Therefore, the Steps as well as the Traditions reinforce the<br />
strong suggestion of staying focused clearly <strong>and</strong> solely on the OA<br />
message at any OA function.<br />
— June 1999<br />
LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED AND TRADITION SIX<br />
• How do you respond to an OA member who keeps requesting<br />
that non-OA-approved literature be set out at meetings?<br />
There are some meetings that still do have non-OA-approved<br />
literature on their tables at OA meetings. First, this gives a confusing<br />
picture to the newcomer. Some of the non-approved literature is<br />
packaged with a lot of color, <strong>and</strong> the titles are such that persons may<br />
wish to read them. However, we are a Twelve-Step recovery<br />
organization, <strong>and</strong>, as such, we need to offer the newcomer (<strong>and</strong> the rest<br />
of us) material pertaining to <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>. As groups within our<br />
Fellowship, we must abide by the Traditions, by-laws <strong>and</strong> policies of<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />
The latest policy on this issue is as follows:<br />
“1993b The following Policy Statement was adopted:<br />
“<strong>It</strong> is the group conscience of the 1993 WSBC that the sale or<br />
display of literature other than OA-approved literature (as described in<br />
44
WSBC Policy 1982b) is an implied endorsement of outside enterprises,<br />
<strong>and</strong> therefore in violation with Tradition Six.”<br />
Each intergroup should have a copy of all of the OA Guidelines. One<br />
of them is the approved list of OA/AA literature.<br />
— April 1998<br />
LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED: CITING IN MEETING<br />
• Recently I redirected a meeting speaker who was reading a<br />
lengthy selection from a non-OA-approved piece of literature.<br />
Later another OA member confronted me about citing a book I<br />
was reading during my share <strong>and</strong> asked how I could justify this<br />
behavior after criticizing someone else. I said I was just<br />
describing my experience <strong>and</strong> felt more comfortable having the<br />
authority of a book. I try to share only the idea <strong>and</strong> not give the<br />
names of books or authors, but, being human, I slip up. Would<br />
you address this issue?<br />
Tradition Three tells us that the primary purpose of an OA meeting<br />
is to carry the OA message to the compulsive overeater who still suffers.<br />
Can the meeting do that well if outside sources are referred to as<br />
authorities? Tradition Ten tells us that we have no opinion on outside<br />
issues. Aren’t outside sources outside issues? If we stick to our primary<br />
purpose—carrying the message—we avoid controversy <strong>and</strong> make our<br />
meetings places where the OA message, clear <strong>and</strong> simple, is carried to<br />
those who still suffer.<br />
Citing an outside piece of literature raises problems with respect to<br />
these two Traditions. Referring to books as authorities, whether or not<br />
excerpts from them are read aloud, might raise the same issues. As<br />
always, it is a matter of individual <strong>and</strong> group conscience.<br />
— June 2003<br />
LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED: OFFERING IN MEETINGS<br />
• Our local meetings are being flooded with literature from eating<br />
disorder centers. I shared my concern about this <strong>and</strong> found that<br />
none of the other old-timers seems to feel as I do. That scares<br />
me. In offering outside literature, aren’t we violating the<br />
Traditions?<br />
Many OAers agree that displaying outside literature at OA meetings<br />
is at odds with the principles embodied in the twelve traditions. The World<br />
Service Conference of 1976 adopted the following statement, which was<br />
reaffirmed by the 1982 Conference: “In accordance with our Traditions,<br />
we suggest that OA groups maintain unity <strong>and</strong> protect our Traditions by<br />
selling only program books <strong>and</strong> pamphlets at their meetings.”<br />
45
While this suggestion is clearly not m<strong>and</strong>atory, most groups choose<br />
to offer only OA <strong>and</strong> AA Conference-approved literature at meetings. They<br />
believe that outside literature, regardless of its source, only confuses<br />
newcomers <strong>and</strong> thus diverts the group from its primary purpose.<br />
If, for example, the newcomer picks up a pamphlet that gives<br />
health tips or diet <strong>and</strong> exercise information, one could hardly blame the<br />
person for assuming these suggestions are part of the OA program.<br />
OA neither endorses nor opposes any outside enterprise, including<br />
literature. Each of us is certainly free to read whatever we wish <strong>and</strong> to<br />
recommend it privately to our friends <strong>and</strong> to those we sponsor. As<br />
members of an OA group, however, we ought to decide what message we<br />
want our group to carry <strong>and</strong> how best to do so.<br />
— October 1989, reprinted from WSO Notebook,<br />
September/October 1986<br />
LITERATURE—ORDERING FROM HAZELDEN<br />
• I recently began ordering the literature for a new group. I was<br />
told not to order literature from Hazelden, but it is the only place I<br />
can find certain chips/tokens. What should I do?<br />
Groups are urged to keep OA self-supporting by ordering literature<br />
<strong>and</strong> other products from the World Service Office whenever possible.<br />
WSO offers engravable recovery medallions (available with or<br />
without a velour keepsake case) to acknowledge anniversaries. Also<br />
available are colored plastic tokens to welcome newcomers, as well as to<br />
honor 30-day, 60-day, 90-day, six-month <strong>and</strong> nine-month birthdays. If<br />
your group wishes to purchase chips that OA does not provide, then you<br />
are free to go to any source that supplies them.<br />
The suggestion not to order from Hazelden or other publishers<br />
applies only to non-OA literature, since the Traditions suggest that only<br />
OA Conference-approved literature be sold at meetings.<br />
— July 1995<br />
LITERATURE—PAYING FOR PAMPHLETS AND SEVENTH TRADITION<br />
• Members <strong>and</strong> newcomers in my new group are expected to pay<br />
for pamphlets. In my old group, we never thought of charging<br />
desperate people for pamphlets. Were we wrong?<br />
OA’s Seventh Tradition suggests that all groups should seek to be<br />
“self-supporting” through their own contributions. Most group expenses<br />
are met through passing the basket at meetings; for some groups, this<br />
amount is adequate to cover all expenses, including some free literature<br />
for newcomers.<br />
46
However, there is nothing “wrong” with charging the suggested<br />
price for the pamphlets in an effort to become self-supporting <strong>and</strong> to<br />
provide financial support to the intergroup, region <strong>and</strong> World Service.<br />
(See the pamphlet Self-Supporting the 60/30/10 Way for a more<br />
thorough discussion of how groups traditionally distribute these financial<br />
contributions.)<br />
<strong>Ask</strong> your group’s treasurer for a financial report, so that the group<br />
conscience can decide the best ways to offer help to the still-suffering<br />
compulsive overeater.<br />
However, remember that part of every Twelve-Step <strong>and</strong> Twelve-<br />
Tradition program is to take responsibility for our lives <strong>and</strong> actions in<br />
order to become self-supporting as groups <strong>and</strong> individuals. Most literature<br />
sells for far less than the newcomer might be spending on her/his<br />
disease. We must convince them in our meeting that it is better to buy<br />
the literature than to compulsively overeat.<br />
— July 1995<br />
LITERATURE—USE OF WORD “GOD” IN<br />
• In OA, I have always understood that I should say “Higher<br />
Power” <strong>and</strong> not “God” so as not to exclude members whose<br />
religions do not involve one or more deities. Why, then, is OA<br />
literature <strong>and</strong> speech so oriented toward referring to Higher<br />
Power as “God”?<br />
When one speaks of God as one’s Higher Power, it is not with the<br />
intention of excluding anyone. <strong>It</strong> is exercising the freedom given to each<br />
member of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> to believe in <strong>and</strong> speak of a God of his<br />
or her own underst<strong>and</strong>ing. This freedom is given to us in Steps Three <strong>and</strong><br />
Eleven of the Twelve Steps of OA. These Steps invite us to underst<strong>and</strong><br />
God in our own way. The word “God” is widely accepted in a number of<br />
religions, not just Christianity, <strong>and</strong> among those who practice no specific<br />
religion at all.<br />
OA literature <strong>and</strong> speech refers to Higher Power as God because the<br />
Twelve Steps speak of God. However, OA literature does not use the term<br />
“God” exclusively. The references to Higher Power in The Twelve Steps<br />
<strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> are too numerous to<br />
cite. One reference that clarifies our freedom to choose a Higher Power of<br />
our underst<strong>and</strong>ing is on page 13 of the “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve”: “OA doesn’t<br />
tell us we have to believe in God—only that a Power greater than<br />
ourselves could restore us to sanity. We are invited to define that Power<br />
however we wish <strong>and</strong> relate to it in whatever way works for us. OA only<br />
suggests that we remain open to spiritual growth <strong>and</strong> show tolerance for<br />
others by neither criticizing nor promoting specific religious doctrines in<br />
OA meetings.”<br />
47
Since many in OA speak of God, it is apparent that they have<br />
chosen God as their Higher Power. A mention of God by OA members is<br />
not an attempt to exclude people who believe differently; it comes out of<br />
the members’ recovery experiences <strong>and</strong> does not represent OA as a<br />
whole. With love <strong>and</strong> tolerance as our code, we allow each member of our<br />
Fellowship to speak of a Higher Power in whatever way he or she<br />
chooses, as long as it is limited to sharing recovery experiences <strong>and</strong> not a<br />
form of promotion.<br />
— February 2006<br />
MAILING LISTS<br />
• Lately I’ve been receiving more advertising mail than usual.<br />
Does WSO sell OA mailing lists to outside companies?<br />
WSO does not sell or distribute any OA mailing list to anyone<br />
outside the Fellowship.<br />
The World Service Office maintains two lists of registered OA<br />
service bodies. One is a listing of group secretaries representing<br />
registered OA groups. Direct correspondence with OA groups via the<br />
group secretary is one of the limited ways WSO has of communicating<br />
pertinent OA business. The WSO Notebook, which is mailed to all<br />
registered groups via the group secretary, is another. In every case, mail<br />
is sent in unmarked envelopes that simply list WSO’s return address,<br />
without any printed reference to WSO or <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>. An OA<br />
region office may request mailing labels for groups in their region for a<br />
region-specific OA mailing.<br />
WSO also maintains a directory of intergroup <strong>and</strong> region offices that<br />
is distributed with group <strong>and</strong> intergroup starter kits. The intergroup<br />
directory may also be purchased by OA members for a nominal price.<br />
As OA is an anonymous organization, there is not official roster of<br />
individual members.<br />
On every mailing list it clearly states, “FOR USE WITHIN OA ONLY,<br />
NOT TO BE USED FOR PERSONAL OR BUSINESS MAILINGS.” While it is<br />
not possible to monitor every mailing list that is sent to OA service bodies<br />
<strong>and</strong> members, it is believed that the “OA only” request is honored.<br />
— May 1990, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, July/August 1988<br />
MANDATE<br />
• What is OA’s current m<strong>and</strong>ate, <strong>and</strong> where do I find it?<br />
OA’s m<strong>and</strong>ate is found in almost all of its literature <strong>and</strong> is part of<br />
what we refer to as the OA Preamble, read at the beginning of most<br />
meetings: “Our primary purpose is to abstain from compulsive overeating<br />
<strong>and</strong> to carry this message of recovery to those who still suffer.” (Read the<br />
48
complete preamble on the inside front cover of <strong>Lifeline</strong>; it begins,<br />
“<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> is a Fellowship of individuals . . .”) We derive this<br />
m<strong>and</strong>ate from Step Twelve: “Having had a spiritual awakening as the<br />
result of these steps, we tried to carry this message to compulsive<br />
overeaters <strong>and</strong> to practice these principles in all our affairs.” Both<br />
individually <strong>and</strong> as an organization, we compulsive overeaters must carry<br />
the message of recovery to those who still suffer, or we will return to<br />
compulsive overeating. That is the message of Step Twelve.<br />
— December 2001<br />
MEDICAL ADVICE/MEDICATION<br />
• I am writing regarding an issue of paramount concern to several<br />
of us in our OA meeting group. Some sponsors have advised their<br />
sponsorees to refrain from taking prescribed medication.<br />
According to these sponsors, such individuals are in fact “using.”<br />
This is a dangerous precedent. Medication prescribed for people<br />
by their doctors for specific diagnosed medical conditions is<br />
between the person <strong>and</strong> the health professional. A decision to<br />
terminate medication should never be initiated by “lay people”<br />
<strong>and</strong> surely not OA members.<br />
I personally know of people who have been told not to take<br />
medication prescribed for depression/suicidal tendencies, manicdepressive<br />
disorders, high blood pressure, inflammation,<br />
menstrual pain, hormonal conditions <strong>and</strong> heart conditions. What<br />
is OA policy regarding this issue?<br />
No, this is definitely not OA policy. There are several Traditions <strong>and</strong><br />
policies that can answer this question.<br />
Tradition Three: The only requirement for OA membership is a<br />
desire to stop eating compulsively. You don’t have to stop eating certain<br />
foods, nor do you have to stop taking any kind of medication. (In fact,<br />
you can take what you want <strong>and</strong> leave the rest.) The criteria of Tradition<br />
Three is the only requirement to becoming a member of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />
Tradition Five: Each group has but one primary purpose—to carry<br />
its message to the compulsive overeater who still suffers. This is our only<br />
primary purpose.<br />
Tradition Eight: <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> should remain forever<br />
nonprofessional, but our service centers may employ special workers.<br />
This includes any professionals in OA providing advice at OA meetings.<br />
This also falls under the category of “no cross talk,” as described in the<br />
OA pamphlet Suggested Meeting Format.<br />
Tradition Ten: <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> has no opinion on outside<br />
issues; hence, the OA name ought never be drawn into public<br />
49
controversy. Imposing an opinion on the issue of “taking medication”<br />
definitely brings OA into internal <strong>and</strong> possibly public controversy.<br />
Instructing a person to ignore a medical professional’s medication<br />
prescription could result in serious injury or even death to that person. In<br />
some countries, the person or persons in the OA group instructing<br />
sponsorees to stop taking prescribed medication could be charged with<br />
various crimes <strong>and</strong>/or even be sued for monetary damages.<br />
Tradition Six: An OA group ought never to endorse, finance or lend<br />
the OA name to any related facility or outside enterprise, lest problems of<br />
money, property <strong>and</strong> prestige divert us from our primary purpose.<br />
From the Board of Trustees Meeting on September 21-23, 1983:<br />
“In adherence to Tradition Six, <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> does not provide<br />
nursing services, hospitalization, drugs, or any medical, nutritional or<br />
psychiatric treatment; nor does OA provide referrals for the treatment of<br />
eating disorders.”<br />
OA strongly urges its autonomous groups to refrain from partaking<br />
in <strong>and</strong>/or encouraging this or any kind of similar instructional behavior. <strong>It</strong><br />
is very dangerous to both our individual members <strong>and</strong> to OA as a whole.<br />
Unfortunately, we have received numerous letters on this issue in the last<br />
three months.<br />
— December 1994<br />
MEETING GUIDELINES<br />
• Are there any official or recommended guidelines to conducting<br />
a meeting?<br />
Yes, there are guidelines to conducting a meeting. Refer to the<br />
Suggested Meeting Format, the Group H<strong>and</strong>book, the New Group Starter<br />
Kit <strong>and</strong>/or the Newcomers’ Meeting Leader’s Kit. These items can be<br />
ordered through your group or direct from the World Service Office.<br />
Tradition Five states, “our recovery doesn’t come from simply<br />
discussing our problems with each other. <strong>It</strong> is in the OA message—in our<br />
Steps <strong>and</strong> Traditions—that we find solutions to our problems.”<br />
Tradition Six discusses how “those who suffer from the misery of<br />
compulsive eating need to hear about the solution found in working the<br />
Twelve Steps during our meetings . . .”<br />
Tradition Eight emphasizes: “Providing psychotherapy is not the<br />
purpose of OA . . . By working through some of our problems in therapy,<br />
we’ve been able to get our special needs met while we continue to focus<br />
on the Twelve Steps in our OA meeting.”<br />
— February 1995<br />
MEETING RECORD<br />
50
• One of our groups keeps in its meeting records a list of first<br />
names <strong>and</strong> telephone numbers of attendees. This allows members<br />
to call people for special events or to contact those who do not<br />
return to the meeting. Is it a break in our Tradition of anonymity<br />
to keep a record of meeting attendees?<br />
Members who put their names in the We Care book are not<br />
breaking their anonymity. The following paragraphs from pages five <strong>and</strong><br />
six of The Tools of Recovery pamphlet may help your group better<br />
underst<strong>and</strong> anonymity:<br />
“Anonymity, referred to in Traditions Eleven <strong>and</strong> Twelve, is a tool<br />
that guarantees we will place principles before personalities. The<br />
protection anonymity provides offers each of us freedom of expression<br />
<strong>and</strong> safeguards us from gossip. Anonymity assures us that only we, as<br />
individual OA members, have the right to make our membership known<br />
within our community. Anonymity at the level of press, radio, films <strong>and</strong><br />
television means that we never allow our faces or last names to be used<br />
once we identify ourselves as OA members. This protects both the<br />
individual <strong>and</strong> the Fellowship.<br />
“Within the Fellowship, anonymity means that whatever we share<br />
with another OA member will be held in respect <strong>and</strong> confidence. What we<br />
hear at meetings should remain there. However, anonymity must not be<br />
used to limit our effectiveness within the Fellowship. <strong>It</strong> is not a break of<br />
anonymity to use our full names within our group or OA service bodies.<br />
Also, it is not a break of anonymity to enlist Twelfth-Step help for group<br />
members in trouble, provided we refrain from discussing any specific<br />
personal information.<br />
“Another aspect of anonymity is that we are all equal in the<br />
Fellowship, whether we are newcomers or seasoned long-timers. And our<br />
outside status makes no difference in OA; we have no stars or VIPs. We<br />
come together simply as compulsive overeaters.”<br />
In addition, the OA Suggested Meeting Format suggests in <strong>It</strong>em 9<br />
that we “pass the Meeting Record Book around <strong>and</strong> ask members to sign<br />
their names with phone numbers. Pass the Record Book around a second<br />
time so members may write down phone numbers to call later.” The<br />
Suggested Meeting Format is available for download on the OA Web site<br />
at www.oa.org/downloadable_files.html.<br />
The Group Meeting Record Book is available from the WSO <strong>and</strong> the<br />
online catalog (item #500). Providing names <strong>and</strong> phone numbers is a<br />
voluntary act to reach out to fellow suffering compulsive eaters. A person<br />
who feels it compromises his or her anonymity is not required to sign.<br />
— November 2004<br />
—<br />
MEETINGS—ANNOUNCEMENTS<br />
51
• A member of our OA-HOW group asked during announcement<br />
time if members would save empty bottles from a sugar-free<br />
syrup for her friend who is not an OA member. Is this<br />
appropriate? Which, if any, Traditions does it violate? How does<br />
this compare with asking for a ride home or help with car<br />
problems?<br />
The area between what needs to be said <strong>and</strong> what should be left for<br />
individual sharing is debatable. At meetings, we need to share<br />
experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope to achieve recovery from compulsive<br />
overeating. At announcement time, we still need to respect these<br />
program issues; however, it is the time to announce things pertaining to<br />
the meeting, such as what the managers of the building expect of us as<br />
renters.<br />
The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong><br />
guides us in these matters. Tradition Four says, “Groups have promoted<br />
non-OA-approved literature to their members, or focused meeting<br />
discussions on topics not related to recovery from compulsive overeating,<br />
forgetting our primary purpose as expressed in Tradition Five. Meeting<br />
time has been used to promote outside enterprises <strong>and</strong> issues, despite<br />
our Sixth <strong>and</strong> Seventh Traditions” (p. 139).<br />
Tradition Five says, “We who have found a sane way of eating <strong>and</strong><br />
living have a responsibility to make sure OA doesn’t become sidetracked”<br />
(p. 145). “Tradition Six cautions each OA group to stick to the primary<br />
purpose exclusively, no matter how many outside enterprises may<br />
interest us as individuals” (p. 153). <strong>It</strong> continues, “Though these<br />
enterprises may be worthwhile, they threaten to divert the attention of<br />
groups from OA’s unique function, which is to carry the message of<br />
Twelve-Step recovery to compulsive overeaters who still suffer” (pp. 153-<br />
154).<br />
“The Tenth Tradition asks us to leave these issues outside when we<br />
walk through the OA doors. Even the most worthy of other causes has no<br />
place in an OA meeting” (pp. 185-186).<br />
At times we may need to bring up something outside the Twelve<br />
Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions, but we should be aware of what we may be<br />
bringing to our groups then <strong>and</strong> in the future.<br />
<strong>It</strong> is slightly different when a member needs help in getting to a gas<br />
station, has car problems, needs a ride home or is not feeling well. These<br />
things don’t affect OA as a whole <strong>and</strong> are not endorsing an outside<br />
enterprise. Sometimes we have to use common sense.<br />
— September 2004<br />
MEETINGS—ANNOUNCING SOCIAL EVENTS<br />
52
• Is it a violation of the Traditions to announce group-related<br />
social events during or after meetings? This seems like a grey<br />
area, considering the role of autonomy in the group conscience,<br />
but I am concerned that such announcements distract us from our<br />
primary purpose of recovery.<br />
This does seem to be one of those “grey areas” in interpreting the<br />
Traditions in our individual groups; <strong>and</strong> a survey of OA literature does not<br />
bring about a more black-<strong>and</strong>-white answer. But, referring to our<br />
literature is always wise in such matters concerning the group conscience<br />
<strong>and</strong> OA as a whole. Let’s have a look.<br />
Our pamphlet, The Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>,<br />
discusses group autonomy as described in Tradition Four, while clearly<br />
stating the limits to a group’s freedom. “We may not do anything which<br />
will injure OA as a whole, <strong>and</strong> we must remain free from outside<br />
influence. Our decisions must be by group conscience.” The same<br />
pamphlet’s discussion of Tradition Five advises members to bear in mind<br />
that, although we may form important friendships in OA, our groups are<br />
not “social clubs.” Individuals <strong>and</strong> groups must ask themselves: “Is the<br />
newcomer neglected, while friends are absorbed in conversation?” Can we<br />
infer from this that social announcements will not injure OA as a whole as<br />
long as all members—especially newcomers—are made to feel welcome?<br />
OA’s Group H<strong>and</strong>book [OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong><br />
Intergroups] states that any event, whether convention, marathon or<br />
retreat, that an OA group sponsors is “bound by the Twelve Traditions<br />
<strong>and</strong> may use the name <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>.” Accordingly, your group<br />
may want to consider combining social events with recovery-oriented<br />
events—a panel discussion followed by a party, for example.<br />
OA’s “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” offers specific guidance to questions of<br />
applying the Traditions in our groups. In reviewing Tradition Four, it asks<br />
group members: “Does our group always consider the welfare of all in OA<br />
in making group conscience decisions? In planning OA group activities? . .<br />
. Do we stop to consider that our group’s attitudes <strong>and</strong> actions will mold<br />
many newcomers’ first impressions of OA as a whole?” Here we are<br />
reminded that all group decisions must be guided by spiritual principles,<br />
<strong>and</strong> that newcomers’ first impressions are often powerful in determining<br />
whether they will come back for a second meeting.<br />
The Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, Group H<strong>and</strong>book,<br />
<strong>and</strong> The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>,<br />
© <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> Inc. All rights reserved.<br />
— June 1996<br />
MEETINGS—ATTENDANCE<br />
53
• What can we do to encourage personal attendance at meetings,<br />
<strong>and</strong> what can we do to attract <strong>and</strong> keep OA members at meetings?<br />
A very effective way to encourage personal attendance at meetings<br />
is to provide a reason for the person to be there. A compulsive overeater<br />
comes to an OA meeting to hear the OA message of recovery. If this<br />
message is consistently provided, the compulsive overeater will be<br />
attracted <strong>and</strong> motivated to continue attendance. Sharing recovery is not<br />
necessarily limited to “sunshine <strong>and</strong> roses” experiences. Sharing about<br />
difficult situations without overeating can be especially meaningful, both<br />
to the speaker <strong>and</strong> to the listener, when the story includes the program<br />
methods used to reach the solution—the Steps, the tools <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Traditions. The highest priority for encouraging <strong>and</strong> keeping members is<br />
for the meeting’s members to be abstinent <strong>and</strong> working the Twelve Steps.<br />
Healthy groups also attract <strong>and</strong> keep members. Encourage your<br />
group to take an annual group inventory. Here are some questions you<br />
might use:<br />
What are you offering newcomers? How do you tell them about our<br />
program? Do you spend time talking <strong>and</strong> sharing with them about the<br />
program? Do you make each person feel welcome? Do you welcome back<br />
with enthusiasm someone who has been away for a while? Does someone<br />
in the group call newcomers <strong>and</strong> those who have been absent for some<br />
time? Does your group use OA literature at meetings? Do you pitch on<br />
your experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope?<br />
For more information <strong>and</strong> questions, contact the WSO for a Group<br />
H<strong>and</strong>book or the pamphlet, Together We Can — Keep Coming Back.<br />
— November 1998<br />
MEETINGS—BORED IN<br />
• I’ve been in the OA program for over eight years <strong>and</strong> find that<br />
I’m bored in meetings. Is it possible to “outgrow” OA?<br />
Sometimes members who have achieved measurable physical<br />
recovery in OA—reaching a goal weight or finding freedom from their<br />
compulsion, for example—wonder if they still “need” the program.<br />
We’re told that recovery in OA is three-fold: physical, emotional <strong>and</strong><br />
spiritual. Each of these three depends upon the others. We cannot<br />
maintain long-term abstinence while chewing on old resentments, for<br />
example, nor can we grow spiritually while continuing to eat<br />
compulsively.<br />
The Twelfth Step says that a spiritual awakening is the result of the<br />
Steps, <strong>and</strong> directs us to continue to carry the OA message of recovery<br />
<strong>and</strong> to practice these principles in all areas of our lives.<br />
Step Twelve, then, is not an end, but the beginning of a dynamic,<br />
life-long <strong>and</strong> life-enhancing journey. This journey is not something we<br />
54
“outgrow,” <strong>and</strong> it can only be enriched by our participation in the OA<br />
Fellowship.<br />
If you are feeling bored at meetings, perhaps it’s time to bring the<br />
OA message of hope to a newcomer, to carry the literature for your group<br />
or serve as a representative to your intergroup or region.<br />
Some “longtimers” have found over the years that certain types of<br />
service suit them better than others. Perhaps writing articles for <strong>Lifeline</strong>,<br />
organizing a retreat or acting as a public information contact are more<br />
fulfilling for you than policy making. By listening to that small voice<br />
within, you will be guided to a form of service that serves you as well.<br />
If you have found physical, emotional <strong>and</strong> spiritual recovery in OA—<br />
whether for eight days or eight years—there is always someone who<br />
needs what you have.<br />
— April 1995<br />
MEETINGS—CLOSING<br />
• I know of two meetings that shut down because no one would<br />
serve as secretary. Should the decision to shut down be made by<br />
only one member or by a group conscience?<br />
If people are willing to take responsibility for a meeting, then the<br />
meeting can, of course, continue. However, if no one is willing to take<br />
responsibility for a meeting, then it is wise not to list it as a meeting.<br />
Consider the effect on a newcomer of going to a meeting <strong>and</strong> finding no<br />
one there! Those of us who have been in on the closing of a meeting have<br />
used group conscience to determine whether a meeting should close or<br />
whether effort should be made to revitalize it.<br />
— February 2002<br />
MEETINGS—“DIGNITY OF CHOICE” FOCUS WITHOUT EXCLUDING<br />
MEMBERS<br />
• How do I start a Dignity of Choice focus meeting without<br />
eliminating any OA member, regardless of which food plan he or<br />
she uses? I want to keep it within OA’s guidelines <strong>and</strong> Traditions.<br />
Is a Dignity of Choice meeting brochure available?<br />
No Dignity of Choice (DOC) meeting brochure exists. The Suggested<br />
Meeting Format, available on the OA Web site at<br />
www.oa.org/group_support.html, is the starting point for designing a<br />
new-meeting format. If there were a DOC meeting brochure, members<br />
might use it only in the way they use other literature in a literatureformat<br />
meeting <strong>and</strong> fail to read the various food plan examples.<br />
In meetings, it is important to respect the Fifth Tradition, which<br />
tells us that our primary purpose is to carry the message defined by Step<br />
55
Twelve: “Having had a spiritual awakening as a result of these Steps, we<br />
tried to carry this message to other compulsive overeaters <strong>and</strong> practice<br />
these principles in all our affairs.” If a meeting is to honor Tradition Five,<br />
its message must be the promise of a spiritual awakening as a result of<br />
the Twelve Steps. In a DOC-focus meeting, discussing the details of food<br />
plans, such as portion sizes, substitutions or calorie counts, would<br />
contradict the Traditions <strong>and</strong> fail to illuminate the spiritual nature of the<br />
OA program. The meeting would become a diet club rather than a path to<br />
spiritual awakening.<br />
Individual food-plan choices are a matter for discussion between an<br />
individual <strong>and</strong> his or her physician or nutritionist. Once a person has<br />
chosen a food plan, he or she may discuss with a sponsor any problems<br />
of adherence to the plan that arise from character defects. For instance,<br />
unresolved resentment, fear, guilt or remorse can lead to eating outside<br />
the food plan. One may inventory these feelings by following the process<br />
outlined on pages 64 through 71 of the AA Big Book <strong>and</strong> then resolve<br />
them by completing Steps Five through Nine.<br />
— November 2005<br />
MEETINGS—FOOD AS TOPIC<br />
• Is it a break of Traditions, or is it a taboo, to talk about food in<br />
meetings or to hold a workshop on food <strong>and</strong> eating?<br />
Mentioning food while sharing in OA meetings is not a break of<br />
Traditions, <strong>and</strong> there is no taboo against it. <strong>It</strong> may help others deal with<br />
food in their own recovery, although it is not helpful to have meetings<br />
focus only on food. Ours is a three-fold program—physical, emotional <strong>and</strong><br />
spiritual. Because we are compulsive eaters, the issue of food is basic to<br />
our recovery. As it states on page 101 of the Big Book (3rd ed.), “In our<br />
belief any scheme of combating alcoholism [compulsive eating] which<br />
proposes to shield the sick man [or woman] from temptation is doomed<br />
to failure.”<br />
Many compulsive eaters need to talk about their personal difficulties<br />
with food <strong>and</strong> the means to overcome them. Other members appreciate<br />
listening to discussions about food because it helps their recovery.<br />
However, if meeting shares focus only on food, members might hear what<br />
they need to do with food but not learn how to do it.<br />
Strong meetings focus on recovery through the Twelve Steps. OA<br />
members need the spiritual discipline of the Steps to keep them in the<br />
clear mental state that enables them to abstain from compulsive behavior<br />
with food.<br />
— May 2003<br />
56
MEETINGS—FOOD: MENTIONING SPECIFIC FOODS IN MEETINGS<br />
• Several members of our group are wondering about mentioning<br />
specific food during meetings. Many of us have rather tenuous<br />
grips on abstinence. If particular foods are discussed, we fear we<br />
may return to obsessive thing of suffer a relapse. Does OA have a<br />
policy or guidelines regarding the discussion of binge or trigger<br />
foods?<br />
The decision to mention or not mention specific foods while sharing<br />
is a matter of respecting tradition one: “Our common welfare should<br />
come first; personal recovery depends upon OA unity.” According to the<br />
chapter on this tradition in The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, “Individuals are lovingly guided to keep the<br />
needs of the whole group in mind as we share our experience, strength,<br />
<strong>and</strong> hope.” The group’s needs can be incorporated into a statement to be<br />
read at the beginning of the meeting so that everyone is aware of these<br />
guidelines <strong>and</strong> can respect them.<br />
OA does not attempt to dictate what a group’s “needs” or<br />
“guidelines” should be – the fourth tradition grants each group the right<br />
to function as it sees fit, provided that the group doesn’t do anything<br />
which will injure other groups or OA as a whole. <strong>It</strong> is suggested, however,<br />
in the pamphlet A Commitment to Abstinence that one way members<br />
keep their commitment is by refraining from discussing particular foods.<br />
<strong>It</strong> recommends, “Avoid cultivating or dwelling on thoughts about any real<br />
or imagined pleasure once derived from certain foods, <strong>and</strong> avoid talking<br />
about them.” Practicing such restraint not only safeguards one’s<br />
abstinence but also, due to the consideration shown to other members,<br />
nurtures the unity <strong>and</strong> recovery of the group.<br />
— April 1994<br />
MEETINGS—FOOD: MENTIONING SPECIFIC FOODS IN MEETINGS<br />
AND LIFELINE<br />
• At meetings, we suggest that certain foods not be mentioned by<br />
name, yet we still have a problem with more vulnerable members.<br />
While I enjoy <strong>Lifeline</strong>, sometimes the magazine mentions specific<br />
food as well. Why?<br />
OA has no policy or opinion as to whether or not it is appropriate to<br />
mention a specific food at an OA meeting. This is an issue that prompts<br />
many contrasting viewpoints among the Fellowship, <strong>and</strong> accordingly, is<br />
best settled by each individual group conscience. With respect to <strong>Lifeline</strong>,<br />
the content of this magazine is dependent on the contributions sent in by<br />
the membership. The editors must decide how much an individual’s story<br />
can be revised without losing the writer’s meaning <strong>and</strong> intent. For<br />
57
example, if a member's article mentions abstaining from a certain specific<br />
food as being central to a successful recovery, we will not edit those<br />
references. If an article focuses too much on the food problem <strong>and</strong> too<br />
little on the solution, we will either not run the piece, or we will edit out<br />
the specific foods as irrelevant.<br />
The above questions point to the presence of food as a reminder of<br />
our disease. All of us in recovery from a compulsion with food are<br />
learning to place food in its proper perspective. Ultimately, for the sake of<br />
OA unity, the issues that seem to divide us must be resolved in a loving,<br />
fair manner. Our OA pamphlet, the Group H<strong>and</strong>book, says it well: “A<br />
sense of humor, patience, courtesy, willingness to sit still <strong>and</strong> listen, a<br />
sense of fairness <strong>and</strong> trust in a Higher Power have been far more useful<br />
than legalistic arguments or personal accusations.” Once the group<br />
conscience decision has been taken, Tradition One reminds us that we<br />
must not allow lingering feelings of conflict to continue. “<strong>It</strong> is every<br />
member’s responsibility to protect the OA spirit of unity <strong>and</strong> mutual<br />
support.” (The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>, page 111) We must place “principles above personalities.”<br />
— November 1995<br />
MEETINGS—FOOD (REFRESHMENTS) AT MEETINGS<br />
• Some of our meetings serve coffee <strong>and</strong> tea for members. Lately,<br />
other items like sugar-free cocoa <strong>and</strong> sugarless gum have been<br />
put out. We had a business meeting <strong>and</strong> decided that cocoa was<br />
out, yet some members contribute it anyway. How can we focus<br />
on our primary purpose with these foods available? Where do you<br />
advise drawing the line?<br />
OA has no written guidelines addressing whether food or beverages<br />
should be allowed or served in meetings or what the specific items of<br />
refreshment should be. This is a matter for the individual, autonomous<br />
groups to decide. Some groups that meet at mealtimes invite members to<br />
bring a meal to eat during the meeting. Many groups offer liquid<br />
refreshment for their members, while others restrict the consumption of<br />
any food or beverage, even chewing gum, during their meetings.<br />
If your group conscience decides on a policy that some members<br />
violate, perhaps one or two members from the group could discuss with<br />
the “violators” the factors that were considered in rendering the group’s<br />
decision. Page 111 of The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> states that “... Tradition One makes it our<br />
responsibility to lovingly remind individuals of the group’s guidelines<br />
whenever the group conscience is being ignored.” Tradition One reminds<br />
us that respect for the common welfare of the group <strong>and</strong> its group<br />
conscience decisions is critical to OA unity <strong>and</strong> our personal recovery.<br />
58
— November 1995<br />
• What is OA’s policy on eating at meetings? I’m on a special diet<br />
<strong>and</strong> must eat when my blood sugar drops. I ate a hard-cooked egg<br />
during a meeting, <strong>and</strong> two members told me I was breaking the<br />
rules. I thought members were supposed to accept each other<br />
unconditionally.<br />
OA groups vary in whether they allow members to eat in meetings.<br />
Some do; others allow it only in lunch-time meetings <strong>and</strong> others only<br />
during breaks. Some groups do not allow eating in meetings because it<br />
may have been unsettling or distracting for those “most important people<br />
in the room,” the newcomers. Some members may feel that not eating<br />
for an hour is an exercise of discipline in recovery, or eating may have<br />
caused past difficulties that threatened the group’s unity.<br />
A group conscience, using the Steps, Traditions <strong>and</strong> Concepts as a<br />
guide, usually decides issues such as eating in meetings. In this situation,<br />
the group would pay particular attention to Tradition One, unity; Tradition<br />
Four, group autonomy; <strong>and</strong> Tradition Five, carrying the message to stillsuffering<br />
compulsive eaters. Each group may apply these Traditions<br />
differently, depending on the situation <strong>and</strong> past experience.<br />
Unfortunately, a tidy black-<strong>and</strong>-white answer does not exist.<br />
You may find it helpful to ask for a group-conscience meeting to<br />
explain your situation, discuss your needs <strong>and</strong> perhaps find a solution<br />
that works for you <strong>and</strong> the group. If you can’t find a solution that works<br />
for you, is there another nearby meeting you could attend instead?<br />
Before asking for a group-conscience meeting, you might talk with<br />
your sponsor to see if together you can reach a solution you haven’t<br />
found alone. The OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong> Intergroups:<br />
Recovery Opportunities offers valuable assistance. <strong>It</strong> gives advice on how<br />
groups work <strong>and</strong> how other groups have resolved problems. <strong>It</strong> also gives<br />
tips on how to have a group-conscience meeting.<br />
— November 2007<br />
MEETINGS—GRAY SHEET<br />
• Now that “a plan of eating” is a tool of OA recovery, several<br />
meetings in our intergroup have asked to be designated as “gray<br />
sheet” meetings in our meeting directory. Is it a Traditions break<br />
to do so?<br />
The 1987 World Service Business Conference adopted a “Policy on<br />
Food Plans,” saying that “offering food plans at meetings is a violation of<br />
Tradition Ten.” <strong>It</strong> follows that if a meeting designates itself as one that<br />
encourages members to adhere to one particular plan of eating, it would<br />
also be in violation of this Tradition.<br />
59
The “gray sheet” food plan has a lengthy history in OA, dating back<br />
to the early 1960s, when it was known as the “carbohydrate abstainers”<br />
plan. WSO has just published a cofounder’s history of OA, called Beyond<br />
Our Wildest Dreams, detailing how the controversy over eating plans was<br />
debated in OA over a course of many years.<br />
In 1961, several OA members read an article in Grapevine, the<br />
monthly magazine of Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>, about one AA member’s<br />
“total AA abstinence from starch, butter, salt <strong>and</strong> sugar.” The author<br />
wrote that he was addicted to these substances; they were, he said, like<br />
alcohol in his body. A few early OA members used this idea to define a<br />
specific eating plan that eliminated high-carbohydrate foods from their<br />
diets, <strong>and</strong> there grew an ever-widening split in the infant OA Fellowship<br />
over whether OA as a whole should endorse a single plan of eating for the<br />
entire membership.<br />
These plans were distributed at specific meetings on a variety of<br />
colored papers. Thus, it was known as the “blue sheet” <strong>and</strong> the “orange<br />
sheet” before it became known as the “gray sheet.” The controversy over<br />
whether OA should endorse a food plan was finally put to rest at the 1987<br />
Conference. Your intergroup might find it useful to read Beyond Our<br />
Wildest Dreams. Perhaps you would find it a helpful way to settle a<br />
controversy that was debated for over 25 years in OA, <strong>and</strong> which was<br />
finally settled in 1987 by the group conscience of OA as a whole.<br />
— January 1997<br />
MEETINGS—HEALTHY OR STRONG?<br />
• Where do I find information on what a healthy meeting is<br />
supposed to be?<br />
Everything we want to know about a healthy meeting can be found<br />
on pages one through 23 of the OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong><br />
Intergroups: Recovery Opportunities. A healthy meeting is one that<br />
focuses on the “solution.” Healthy meetings follow the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong><br />
Twelve Traditions. Other things that contribute to a healthy meeting are<br />
group members who are in recovery <strong>and</strong> members who take<br />
responsibility by filling service positions, such as opening the door;<br />
chairing meetings; being secretary, treasurer or intergroup<br />
representative. A healthy meeting generally follows the WSO Suggested<br />
Meeting Format, using the Twelve Traditions as a guide.<br />
Other actions that foster healthy meetings are starting <strong>and</strong> ending<br />
on time, committing to abstinence, celebrating abstinence, focusing on<br />
three-fold recovery, welcoming newcomers <strong>and</strong> long-timers, conducting<br />
regular business meetings, avoiding “dumping,” introducing <strong>and</strong> using<br />
sponsors, talking to all group members, practicing good listening skills,<br />
limiting sharing to three to five minutes, taking a group inventory when<br />
60
problems arise, creating a safe <strong>and</strong> comfortable environment, using the<br />
suggestions for membership retention in the OA Guidelines packet, using<br />
OA- <strong>and</strong> AA-approved literature <strong>and</strong> practicing the Step Principles.<br />
— September 1999<br />
MEETINGS—READING FAX, EMAIL OR READING STORY FROM IG<br />
NEWSLETTER<br />
• Is reading from an OA fax or email during a meeting a break of<br />
Traditions?<br />
There are several things to consider. If the fax or email is from<br />
another member of the Fellowship <strong>and</strong> contains personal information,<br />
then reading it would be a breach of Tradition Twelve. Traditions Six <strong>and</strong><br />
Ten would be involved if outside issues or enterprises were mentioned.<br />
There shouldn’t be a problem if the content is informative, such as details<br />
about an upcoming OA event or information from WSO or a trustee<br />
regarding a Traditions question.<br />
— July 1999<br />
• Is reading a personal story from an IG Roundletter during a<br />
meeting a break of Traditions?<br />
If the author of the story agreed to have the letter published, then<br />
it would not be a breach of Tradition Twelve to read the letter at a<br />
meeting. <strong>Lifeline</strong> is made up primarily of personal stories, <strong>and</strong> some<br />
members of OA have set up <strong>Lifeline</strong> discussion meetings. The Big Book<br />
has an entire section on personal stories, as does the OA Brown Book<br />
[<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>]. Many members attend meetings devoted to the<br />
study of those books. <strong>It</strong> is not a breach of Tradition Twelve to read <strong>and</strong><br />
discuss the stories.<br />
—July 1999<br />
MEETINGS—REMOVING SPECIAL-INTEREST DESCRIPTORS FROM<br />
MEETINGS LIST<br />
• Our intergroup is considering removing special-interest<br />
descriptors, such as HOW, gay <strong>and</strong> 100-pounders, from our<br />
meeting list because it considers the codes outside issues. The<br />
groups welcome all OA members. The intergroup also removed<br />
the announcement sign for a new HOW-concept meeting. Are the<br />
codes <strong>and</strong> the announcement sign a violation of OA guidelines?<br />
Including special-interest descriptors in meeting lists is completely<br />
within OA guidelines <strong>and</strong> reflects the 1994 OA policy on special-focus<br />
meetings:<br />
“The Fellowship of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> recognizes the existence<br />
of special focus meetings (i.e., gay <strong>and</strong> lesbians meetings, women’s<br />
61
meetings, men’s meetings, 100-pounders, maintainers, old timers, etc.)<br />
which have been formed of persons who can more readily identify with<br />
fellow OAers with similar attributes. According to the Traditions, bylaws<br />
<strong>and</strong> policies of OA, the only requirement for membership is the desire to<br />
stop eating compulsively. We ask each person attending a meeting to<br />
respect <strong>and</strong> consider the group conscience. All registered meetings shall<br />
welcome <strong>and</strong> give a voice to any person with the desire to stop eating<br />
compulsively.”<br />
By labeling special-focus meetings such as HOW, gay <strong>and</strong> 100pounders<br />
in their local directories, intergroups may help OA members<br />
with similar interests find groups that support their programs without<br />
breaking bonds between fellow members. Identity <strong>and</strong> recovery are<br />
interwoven, <strong>and</strong> identity need not be separate from our practice of the<br />
program. Descriptive labeling in meeting lists does not necessarily<br />
endorse an outside issue.<br />
Outside issues, as described in Tradition Ten, are topics that do not<br />
pertain to recovery from compulsive overeating; for example, endorsing<br />
other Twelve-Step programs or religious <strong>and</strong> political issues. However, if<br />
HOW-concept meetings comply with OA bylaws, they are OA meetings,<br />
<strong>and</strong> intergroups may list them as such.<br />
Page 140 of the OA “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” warns that it is easy for<br />
those in the majority to remove meetings from OA lists because of<br />
personality conflicts rather than principles. We should be mindful of this<br />
tendency before taking such action.<br />
— December 2005<br />
MEETINGS—RINGING CELL PHONES<br />
• What is the best way to h<strong>and</strong>le ringing cell phones during a<br />
meeting, even when before the meeting you had asked members<br />
to turn off their phones?<br />
A cell phone ringing in an OA meeting is a sign of the times.<br />
Meeting leaders can include in the meeting format a request to turn off<br />
cell phones, <strong>and</strong> adding reminders during the meeting may increase the<br />
effectiveness.<br />
A method used at the 2007 World Service Business Conference<br />
(WSBC) might help. The chair, while holding a cell phone in her h<strong>and</strong>,<br />
asked the attendees to take out their cell phones or pagers <strong>and</strong> instructed<br />
them to press the off or silent button. <strong>It</strong> was very effective; no phones<br />
sounded during the meeting. She repeated the same thing at the start of<br />
every session.<br />
Another option would be to have a meeting greeter give everyone a<br />
hug <strong>and</strong> a reminder to turn off his or her phone.<br />
62
<strong>It</strong> also might help to have a group conscience to discuss ways of<br />
preventing cell phones from disturbing the OA meeting. Group members<br />
may have additional methods worth trying.<br />
— December 2007<br />
—<br />
MEETINGS—SHARING<br />
• What do we do when most of the sharing at a meeting is about<br />
the problem, not the solution?<br />
Most meetings follow a format. The Suggested Meeting Format,<br />
available from the World Service Office, suggests this statement be made<br />
at the meeting, with other options for different types of meetings: “As<br />
you share your experience <strong>and</strong> strength in OA, please also share your<br />
hope.” Some meeting formats suggest the sharing be kept to threeminute,<br />
positive pitches. Adding a statement to the format, such as, “If<br />
you share about the problem, we encourage you to share about the<br />
solution as well,” can also help.<br />
<strong>It</strong> is the leader’s responsibility to keep the meeting flowing.<br />
Sometimes a person shares something that diverts the flow. When this<br />
happens, the leader immediately says something to put the meeting back<br />
on track. Some topics, such as holidays, deaths, aged parents, husb<strong>and</strong>s,<br />
mothers <strong>and</strong> children, can trigger negativity. Therefore, it’s a good idea to<br />
choose topics carefully. Step One is a good place to start when a meeting<br />
needs to refocus.<br />
Individual members also have a responsibility to keep the meeting<br />
focused on the solution. This is particularly true if the leader is unable to<br />
step forward to assume this role. If sharing about the problem is<br />
recurring at the meeting, members may ask for a business meeting to<br />
lovingly discuss how to make the meeting more centered on Twelve-Step<br />
recovery.<br />
— July 2002<br />
MEETINGS—SHARING-REQUIREMENTS IMPOSED<br />
• We have a meeting that won’t allow sharing unless a person<br />
also is abstinent from caffeine <strong>and</strong> nicotine. Can this be<br />
considered an OA meeting, <strong>and</strong> does it violate the Traditions?<br />
An <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> group is defined in the Bylaws of<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> Inc., Subpart B, Article V, Section 1 a) as follows:<br />
“1. As a group, they meet to practice the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />
Traditions of OA.<br />
2. All who have the desire to stop eating compulsively are welcome<br />
in the group.<br />
63
3. No member is required to practice any actions in order to remain<br />
a member or to have a voice (share at a meeting).<br />
4. As a group they have no affiliation other than OA.”<br />
When an OA group registers with the World Service Office, it agrees<br />
to comply with the stated bylaws <strong>and</strong> Tradition Three: “The only<br />
requirement for OA membership is a desire to stop eating compulsively.”<br />
A meeting that imposes qualifications or requirements for members to be<br />
allowed to share does not comply with number three in the bylaws<br />
definition above.<br />
<strong>It</strong> also treads on several Traditions, as described in The Twelve<br />
Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>. Tradition One<br />
says, “Our common welfare should come first; personal recovery depends<br />
upon OA unity.” On page 111, the “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” states “Ideally,<br />
OA is a place where every member has ample opportunity to share . . . ”<br />
This embodies the principle of unity. Tradition Two begins with “For our<br />
group purpose there is but one ultimate authority—a loving God as He<br />
may express Himself in our group conscience.” The bylaws were adopted<br />
by the World Service Business Conference (WSBC), which is the group<br />
conscience of OA as a whole. Ignoring a part of the bylaws means<br />
ignoring OA’s group conscience.<br />
In the chapter on Tradition Three, page 132, a question appears<br />
that groups should answer: “If people have to meet special requirements<br />
in order to have any voice in the meeting, aren’t they being denied<br />
effective membership in the group?” According to Tradition Five, “Each<br />
group has but one primary purpose—to carry its message to the<br />
compulsive overeater who stills suffers.” Experience has shown the need<br />
to focus on our primary purpose <strong>and</strong> not become sidetracked by other<br />
issues. This brings us to Tradition Ten, “<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> has no<br />
opinion on outside issues; hence the OA name ought never be drawn into<br />
public controversy.” The use of nicotine <strong>and</strong> caffeine are outside issues<br />
about which OA as a whole has no opinion. We need to concentrate on<br />
recovery from compulsive eating.<br />
— October 2001<br />
MEETINGS—SHARING REQUIREMENTS VERSUS TRADITIONS<br />
• We have a meeting that won’t allow sharing unless a member is<br />
also abstinent from caffeine <strong>and</strong> nicotine. Can this be considered<br />
an OA meeting, <strong>and</strong> does it violate the Traditions?<br />
Tradition Three says that any person who wants to stop eating<br />
compulsively is welcome. Thus, meetings that exclude some compulsive<br />
overeaters from participation would contradict that Tradition. In the OA<br />
Bylaw’s definition of a group, all who have a desire to stop eating<br />
compulsively are welcome in the group, <strong>and</strong> no member is required to<br />
64
practice any actions in order to remain a member or to have a voice<br />
(share at a meeting). [Article V, Section 1 of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>,<br />
Inc., Bylaws Subpart B]. This does not stop meetings from deciding,<br />
through group conscience, to emphasize certain interests.<br />
The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong><br />
says on page 133, “There are also special-emphasis groups in OA. . . . In<br />
cases where there are registered OA groups, they should not exclude any<br />
compulsive eater who wants to attend <strong>and</strong> share, even though the<br />
member might not fit the category toward which the meeting is geared.”<br />
The experience of most OAers has been that by sticking to our<br />
primary purpose, abstaining from compulsive overeating <strong>and</strong> carrying this<br />
message to the suffering compulsive overeater, we are strengthened <strong>and</strong><br />
more likely to be available to those who need us now <strong>and</strong> in the future.<br />
—October 2004<br />
MEETINGS—SPECIAL INTEREST/FOCUS MEETINGS<br />
• Is it within the Traditions to create “special interest” OA<br />
meetings, such as meetings for members who have lost more than<br />
100 pounds, for those of a particular faith or religion, for men or<br />
women only, for people from alcoholic families or for people<br />
under 20?<br />
Meetings that focus on certain special needs of members are<br />
acceptable <strong>and</strong> do not break any Tradition. The chapter on Step Four in<br />
OA’s “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” discusses this issue in detail. OA acknowledges<br />
that some members share a common life issue in addition to the shared<br />
problem of compulsive overeating. Special-focus meetings provide an<br />
opportunity for members with special circumstances to come together.<br />
Young people, gays <strong>and</strong> lesbians, <strong>and</strong> members in relapse are some<br />
examples. Meetings focusing on outside issues, such as alcoholism <strong>and</strong><br />
specific religious affiliations, would not be acceptable special-focus<br />
meetings. These meetings would violate Tradition Six.<br />
All meetings, including those aimed at the needs of specific groups,<br />
must welcome all compulsive overeaters. No OA member is barred from a<br />
special-focus meeting because he or she does not have the special need.<br />
— February 2001<br />
MEETINGS—STARTING A NEW MEETING<br />
• I think an OA meeting is two or more people, <strong>and</strong> I’m interested<br />
in spreading the word of OA. What literature can I use to help<br />
start a meeting? What are successful ways to develop a meeting?<br />
What is a meeting format?<br />
65
You are correct. A group is composed of two or more people, per<br />
OA Bylaws Subpart B, Article V:<br />
“Section 1—Definition<br />
“a) These points shall define an Overeater <strong>Anonymous</strong> group:<br />
“1) As a group, they meet to practice the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />
Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />
“2) All who have the desire to stop eating compulsively are<br />
welcome in the group.<br />
“3) No member is required to practice any actions in order to<br />
remain a member or to have a voice (share at a meeting).<br />
“4) As a group they have no affiliation other than <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />
“Section 2—Composition<br />
“a) A group may be formed by two or more persons meeting<br />
together as set forth in Article V, Section 1.<br />
“b) Groups compose the intergroups as set forth in Article VI<br />
hereof.”<br />
The OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong> Intergroups: Recovery<br />
Opportunities is a resource for starting OA meetings <strong>and</strong> is available for<br />
purchase on OA’s Web site, www.oa.org/literature_catalog.htm (item<br />
#120). The following links also offer help:<br />
• How to Start a Meeting, www.oa.org/pdf/How_to_Start.pdf<br />
• Suggested Meeting Format, www.oa.org/pdf/2DSugMtgFormat.pdf<br />
• Excerpt from the OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong><br />
Intergroups: Recovery Opportunities,<br />
www.oa.org/pdf/OAH<strong>and</strong>book_excerpt.pdf<br />
• Ways to create successful meetings, www.oa.org/pdf/<br />
Let_People_Know.pdf<br />
— August 2007<br />
MEETINGS—STEERING COMMITTEES<br />
• Please explain the difference between a steering committee <strong>and</strong><br />
a group conscience. Which method is recommended?<br />
The best answer to this question comes from the OA H<strong>and</strong>book for<br />
Members, Groups <strong>and</strong> Intergroups: Recovery Opportunities:<br />
“What Is a Steering Committee?<br />
“In many groups, all regularly attending abstaining members are<br />
invited to participate <strong>and</strong> vote in monthly steering committee meetings,<br />
held before or after the regular meeting. Changes in meeting format,<br />
allocation of group funds, election of officers <strong>and</strong> other business matters<br />
are discussed <strong>and</strong> decided by group conscience. To safeguard the stability<br />
of the group, the steering committee may establish abstinence <strong>and</strong><br />
program requirements for the secretary, treasurer <strong>and</strong> program<br />
66
chairperson. In this way, the weekly group meeting doesn’t have<br />
excessive time taken up in business matters. Occasionally, matters of<br />
major importance may be brought before the entire group for a vote” (p.<br />
9).<br />
Overview: A steering committee is composed of abstaining<br />
members of a group. A group conscience is the action taken on an issue<br />
by the committee or the entire group.<br />
— October 2003<br />
MEETINGS—THEATER-STYLE SEATING<br />
• In our area we have a meeting which has changed its seating to<br />
theater style. Members must read or speak from the front of the<br />
room. What suggestions do you have to help members who are<br />
reluctant to share in the front of the room come forward?<br />
OA meetings use many types of seating arrangements. A group<br />
conscience determines which type a particular group will use, <strong>and</strong> the<br />
group may experiment with different types. “Theater-style” seating has<br />
chairs arranged in rows facing the front of the room. Each speaker st<strong>and</strong>s<br />
at the front of the room to address the group.<br />
OA used theater-style seating in its formative years, <strong>and</strong> OA’s<br />
cofounder, at her May 1998 WSBC workshop, demonstrated an early<br />
theater-style meeting. Some OAers believe that members take theaterstyle<br />
meetings more seriously <strong>and</strong> that theater-style seating fosters<br />
surrender <strong>and</strong> discipline. <strong>It</strong> also reduces distractions.<br />
As the theater-style meeting continues, more people will speak out.<br />
<strong>It</strong> is part of the recovery process. And when reticent members see others<br />
take the risk <strong>and</strong> reap the rewards of sharing, they will overcome their<br />
reluctance to speak at the front of the room.<br />
— April 1999<br />
MEETINGS—TIMEKEEPING<br />
• Our group will start using a timekeeper to limit members’<br />
sharing to three minutes. The steering committee voted to try this<br />
because some people talk on <strong>and</strong> on while others do not get a<br />
chance to share at all. Does this violate the spirit, if not the letter,<br />
of the OA Traditions?<br />
Most groups that have tried this strategy would probably tell you<br />
the only thing it violates is the character of the meeting. All groups seem<br />
to have a few members who habitually take more than their fair share of<br />
time; but the real problem, many groups find, is an outgrown meeting<br />
format. In other words, when the meeting gets too big, it becomes<br />
67
impossible to continue to have “around the table” discussions, with each<br />
person sharing according to need.<br />
Setting a strict time limit often creates dissension, with some<br />
members strongly opposed to such regulation. Even if everyone abides by<br />
the limit, however, as the meeting continues to grow, it takes longer <strong>and</strong><br />
longer for all to have a turn.<br />
Groups that have weathered this problem recommend a number of<br />
solutions: (a) change the format to speaker or pitch meeting in which the<br />
seating is arranged theater-style <strong>and</strong> individuals speak from the front of<br />
the room as scheduled in advance or as called on by the leader; (b)<br />
separate into two groups which, if space permits, can meet at opposite<br />
ends of the room; <strong>and</strong> (c) form a “spin-off” group to meet in a different<br />
location.<br />
— February 1992, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />
January/February 1986<br />
MEMBERS—DIFFICULT AND/OR DISRUPTIVE<br />
• My home meeting is having a problem with a member who acts<br />
in a threatening manner. People are worried, <strong>and</strong> the group is<br />
losing members. Besides legal action or contacting the police, is<br />
there any OA policy on how to h<strong>and</strong>le difficult members? Can we<br />
kick a member out of a meeting <strong>and</strong>/or out of OA?<br />
Unfortunately, this question is not uncommon, <strong>and</strong> there is no easy<br />
answer. Although OA has no written policy of its own on this matter, we<br />
can refer to the long form of Tradition One in the Big Book, Alcoholics<br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>. <strong>It</strong> states that each member is but a small part of a great<br />
whole. The Fellowship “must continue to live or most of us will surely die.<br />
Hence our common welfare comes first. But individual welfare follows<br />
close afterward.” In AA’s Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions it explains<br />
that no one “can compel another to do anything; nobody can be punished<br />
or expelled.”<br />
Yet the prevailing consideration is still the good of the Fellowship<br />
<strong>and</strong> its survival. While each member has the freedom to work the<br />
program as he or she chooses, it does not come at the expense of the OA<br />
group. Should a member’s actions or behavior be disruptive or even<br />
become dangerous, the OA group needs to protect itself; if not, the<br />
meeting may fold <strong>and</strong> the opportunity for recovery is lost for everyone.<br />
How a meeting protects itself can cause conflict <strong>and</strong> controversy.<br />
Each situation is unique <strong>and</strong> should be evaluated individually. You may<br />
want to contact your local intergroup, <strong>and</strong> even your region, for a<br />
detached perspective of the events. Most groups begin “informally” on a<br />
one-to-one level—one member may approach the individual to discuss<br />
the problem <strong>and</strong> look for solutions. Let the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Traditions<br />
68
guide you—always striving “to place principles before personalities.” If<br />
possible, offer positive alternatives to attending the meeting, such as<br />
seeking professional help or guidance from trusted friends or family.<br />
If necessary, a steering committee meeting may be needed for<br />
open discourse. Be sure to provide an equal hearing for all. <strong>Ask</strong> everyone<br />
to come to the meeting with healthy, tolerant, <strong>and</strong> supportive attitudes.<br />
Blame <strong>and</strong> accusations help no one. <strong>It</strong> may be decided that this individual<br />
should be asked to leave for the good of the group. There is no way,<br />
however, to enforce this decision other than on the good will of all<br />
parties. We cannot expel this person from OA—no one can do that—but<br />
we can ask an emotionally disturbed person to leave the meeting. If a law<br />
has been broken, or the situation appears dangerous, it may be best to<br />
call the police or other local authorities.<br />
Ultimately the answer to this very uncomfortable question is a<br />
paradox. Members are never forced to do anything <strong>and</strong> are encouraged to<br />
“take what they like <strong>and</strong> leave the rest.” Yet for a group to survive,<br />
members must willingly adhere to the Fellowship’s spiritual principles <strong>and</strong><br />
put our common welfare first.<br />
— August 1993<br />
MEMBERS—LONGTIMERS<br />
• How can we get longtimers involved with intergroup?<br />
If the apparently reluctant longtimers have a recent <strong>and</strong> extensive<br />
history of serving at intergroup, perhaps they are practicing rotation of<br />
service. <strong>It</strong> is of great value to any service body, however, to have a<br />
balance of OA members who are beginning to contribute their time <strong>and</strong><br />
talent to a service body, along with some OA folks who have experience,<br />
strength <strong>and</strong> hope to share from holding service positions.<br />
One of the best methods to attract OA members, regardless of<br />
experience, is the personal approach. Personally invite a service prospect<br />
to attend the next business meeting. Inform that person of the service<br />
opportunities available <strong>and</strong> suggest a position you think that OA member<br />
would be well-suited to hold. Encourage attendance by arranging to go<br />
with the person to the meeting. Nominate that person during the election<br />
process.<br />
Some OA members are reluctant to serve if taking a service<br />
position involves doing all of the tasks or recruiting other OA members to<br />
help out. That need not be the case if the prospect is assured that there<br />
are OAers ready to serve, too.<br />
Another effective way to foster service in OA is for sponsors to<br />
encourage their sponsorees to become involved with OA service. This idea<br />
can be incorporated into a sponsorship workshop.<br />
— February 2003<br />
69
MEMBERS—NEGATIVE OA MEMBER OR DUMPING<br />
• A member who attends our meeting every week is very negative<br />
about the program, which can give a bad impression of OA to<br />
newcomers. How can we help this person develop a more positive<br />
attitude <strong>and</strong> refrain from speaking negatively?<br />
Everyone who wants to stop eating compulsively is welcome to<br />
attend OA meetings. You can speak to the person whose effect on<br />
newcomers concerns you <strong>and</strong> provide the positive message he or she<br />
needs. You might want to schedule a group inventory to discuss how well<br />
your meeting is reaching newcomers; this might allow people to talk<br />
about the importance of not “dumping” in meetings. You can emphasize<br />
Tradition Five: “Each group has but one primary purpose—to carry its<br />
message to the compulsive overeater who still suffers.”<br />
On page 131, the OA “Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions”<br />
discusses “members who disrupt the harmony of meetings . . . We have<br />
found that most personality problems can best be dealt with one-to-one<br />
through sponsorship. Our OA meetings aren’t always going to be perfect,<br />
but we can find recovery in them despite their imperfections. When every<br />
person is respected <strong>and</strong> treated lovingly, the group survives <strong>and</strong> emerges<br />
stronger than ever from the experience.”<br />
— March 2001<br />
MEMBERSHIP RETENTION—MEMBERSHIP DECLINE AND<br />
INTERGROUP SERVICE<br />
• Our intergroup has two questions. First, the meetings in our<br />
area have been slowly declining in membership; is this a national<br />
trend, <strong>and</strong> what can we do about it? Second, how can we get more<br />
of our current members involved in the intergroup?<br />
WSO’s executive director stated in the January 1995 issue of<br />
<strong>Lifeline</strong> that OA membership has declined worldwide in the last few years.<br />
When asked if this is still the case, he said recently that it is. “We don’t<br />
have membership rolls to do a count,” he said, “but we can see the<br />
decline in subscriptions to the magazine, group contributions <strong>and</strong><br />
literature sales.” Other Twelve-Step fellowships are noticing a decrease in<br />
membership too, he added, as are other weight-loss <strong>and</strong> eating-disorder<br />
treatment facilities.<br />
<strong>It</strong> seems clear that our loss in members is not because compulsive<br />
overeating is no longer a problem. This is a time for those of us who have<br />
found a solution in OA’s Steps <strong>and</strong> Traditions to redouble our efforts at<br />
public outreach, as well as Twelfth-Step-Within work for members in<br />
relapse. If your current intergroup membership is too low to effectively<br />
70
take on public information activities right now, there are some things you<br />
can do to solicit more active involvement in the intergroup.<br />
Sending intergroup representatives to unrepresented groups to talk<br />
about how the intergroup works <strong>and</strong> what it means to be a group<br />
representative is a good start. Perhaps your intergroup’s officers could<br />
hold an informative panel discussion at one of your area’s better-attended<br />
meetings. And don’t forget to ask for help from your regional chair <strong>and</strong><br />
trustee as well as other regional intergroups. We are all here to help each<br />
other.<br />
When attendance at your intergroup meetings is a little higher, you<br />
can focus your efforts on public information activities. Study the “PI<br />
Manual” <strong>and</strong> the new membership retention pamphlet. Make a plan to use<br />
the audio/video public service announcement now available from the<br />
World Service Office. Attending health fairs, putting up billboards, making<br />
sure OA meetings are advertised in your local paper: these are things<br />
your intergroup can do to begin to increase community awareness of OA.<br />
Finally, it’s important not to focus on the decline in membership as<br />
a “failure.” <strong>It</strong> is an opportunity. If we keep our meetings as strong <strong>and</strong><br />
focused as we can, we will attract new members <strong>and</strong> keep them.<br />
— March 1996<br />
MEMBERSHIP RETENTION—REASONS FOR MEMBERSHIP DECLINE<br />
• Why do you think numbers in the Fellowship are declining?<br />
This is a simple, but not easy, program. If it were easy, our<br />
meeting rooms would not be big enough to hold all our members. The OA<br />
program takes commitment <strong>and</strong> a willingness to change through working<br />
the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions. Some people are not ready to<br />
surrender the food obsession <strong>and</strong> accept what this program has to offer.<br />
Numbers in the Fellowship are declining because of ignorance about<br />
the disease <strong>and</strong> how it affects our body, mind <strong>and</strong> spirit. Some people are<br />
looking for the easier, softer ways society offers <strong>and</strong> may turn to a<br />
commercial competitor.<br />
Members of the Fellowship can take responsibility for the declining<br />
membership by reaching out to still-suffering OA members <strong>and</strong> by<br />
carrying the message of recovery to professionals <strong>and</strong> the public.<br />
Members also have a responsibility to be good examples by displaying<br />
recovery, so that still-suffering compulsive eaters will have hope. In the<br />
end, no matter what we do, we can’t convince people to stay in OA if they<br />
are not convinced they have a disease <strong>and</strong> cannot see this as a way of<br />
life.<br />
— August 2007<br />
71
MESSAGE OF OA—PRIMARY MESSAGE<br />
• What exactly is the “message” we in OA are supposed to carry<br />
to the suffering compulsive overeater?<br />
Simply put, the message we are to share is recovery from<br />
compulsive overeating through the Twelve Steps of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>. By sharing our experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope with others,<br />
we give credence to the healing power of the Twelve Steps, thereby<br />
attracting new members to the Fellowship. Additionally, work with<br />
newcomers <strong>and</strong> other suffering members, as well as efforts to inform the<br />
public about OA, are part <strong>and</strong> parcel of the message referred to in<br />
Tradition Five.<br />
OA’s primary message—Twelve-Step recovery—is a simple one. Yet,<br />
occasionally, that message gets confused with other ideas. <strong>It</strong>’s important<br />
for all of us to remember that the OA message is not about food plans or<br />
specific rules <strong>and</strong> regulations; nor is any one individual’s interpretation of<br />
the Twelve Steps applicable to all of us, no matter how “successful” he or<br />
she may appear.<br />
In the September issue of <strong>Lifeline</strong>, one member shared the<br />
following in an article entitled “What Is the Message?”<br />
“Recently, I realized that the only message I can carry is my own<br />
recovery. By the grace of God, I have recovery <strong>and</strong> the willingness to<br />
share it with others. I do not need you to recover the way I do. You are<br />
free to discover your own path. The only thing we need to have in<br />
common is the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions.”<br />
<strong>It</strong>’s that simple.<br />
— September 1991, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />
September/October 1988<br />
MESSAGE OF OA—WHAT IS IT?<br />
Step Twelve says, “Having had a spiritual awakening as the result<br />
of these Steps, we tried to carry this message to compulsive<br />
overeaters.” What is “this message”?<br />
<strong>It</strong> is the message of the miracle of recovery through the Twelve<br />
Steps. <strong>It</strong> is the lesson we have learned through doing the Steps—that we<br />
have had a spiritual awakening that provides us sanity, <strong>and</strong> we no longer<br />
are drawn to compulsive overeating but live free of the obsession.<br />
We carry a simple message of a miracle in our lives: We came to<br />
this program powerless over food, <strong>and</strong> through the Twelve Steps we have<br />
found a power greater than ourselves that has restored us to sanity.<br />
— December 2003<br />
72
NEWCOMERS—MEETING<br />
• My group would like to start a meeting for newcomers. How<br />
would we conduct such a meeting?<br />
Some areas have separate meetings for newcomers that are often<br />
general meetings with a speaker. Some groups set aside a newcomers<br />
meeting time before or after the regular meeting. Some have volunteers<br />
who lead the newcomers meeting, reading Our Invitation to You as<br />
source material, taking questions <strong>and</strong> sharing their experiences. Other<br />
meetings have a designated “newcomer greeter” who works with<br />
newcomers before or after the meeting. Many have a Newcomers<br />
Committee; the members spend time with newcomers <strong>and</strong> call them<br />
between meetings.<br />
The key is not to overload the newcomer with information <strong>and</strong><br />
jargon. No one underst<strong>and</strong>s the program after one meeting. “Keep it<br />
simple,” <strong>and</strong> “easy does it.”<br />
The Newcomers Packet from WSO (item #710K/$2 each;<br />
#711K/$17.50 pk. 10) is invaluable; the packet includes the pamphlet A<br />
Plan of Eating. The Newcomers Meeting Leader’s Kit (item #740, $3) is<br />
another helpful resource that includes Guidelines for Leading Newcomers<br />
Meetings, the OA H<strong>and</strong>book <strong>and</strong> other OA literature.<br />
<strong>Lifeline</strong> will gladly publish ideas from meeting groups <strong>and</strong><br />
intergroups about how they work with newcomers.<br />
— September 2000<br />
NEWCOMERS—PACKETS<br />
• Is there a policy regarding availability of Newcomer’s Packets at<br />
meetings? Some meetings I attend have them <strong>and</strong> some don’t.<br />
There is no world service policy regarding the Newcomer’s Packet.<br />
The packet contains a range of literature, including the pamphlet A Plan<br />
of Eating that can be particularly helpful to a newcomer. The group<br />
conscience process determines the group’s literature purchases, <strong>and</strong> each<br />
group decides whether to make the Newcomer’s Packet available.<br />
The packet is a very effective way to convey the message of our OA<br />
recovery program to the newcomer.<br />
— March 2000<br />
OTHER TWELVE-STEP PROGRAMS<br />
• So many people come into OA from other Twelve-Step<br />
programs. Isn’t OA asking a lot from them to expect that they<br />
73
omit references to other programs that are part of their story? Do<br />
the Traditions apply here?<br />
OA recognizes that many members have multiple addictions <strong>and</strong> do<br />
belong to other Twelve-Step programs. Our Traditions acknowledge that<br />
references to other Twelve-Step programs have a place in their stories.<br />
However, our Traditions specifically state that “OA is unique in offering<br />
recovery through the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions to those who<br />
suffer from compulsive eating. This is a vital role that no other fellowship<br />
can fill (emphasis added). Thus, OA groups focus their discussion on<br />
recovery from compulsive eating, rather than on other issues” (OA<br />
“Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve,” page 187).<br />
— November 1999<br />
OUTREACH—FINANCIAL SUPPORT TO NEW GROUPS<br />
• Is it all right for an intergroup or a well-established group to<br />
give financial support to a new group by buying literature or<br />
giving an initial loan for rent, for example? Which Traditions<br />
support this?<br />
Tradition Six tells us we ought never endorse, finance or lend the<br />
OA name to any related facility or outside enterprise. A new OA group is<br />
not an outside enterprise. Tradition Seven, perhaps one of our most<br />
misunderstood Traditions, says we are self-supporting, declining outside<br />
contributions. Our Traditions were established to save us from weakening<br />
our autonomy through diversion from our primary purpose or by being<br />
beholden to any person or outside organization. We learned the hard way<br />
that there is no such thing as a free lunch.<br />
While any new group should endeavor to become self-supporting as<br />
soon as possible (including supporting the wider OA structure), a wellestablished<br />
group may elect to extend a helping h<strong>and</strong> to get the new<br />
group started. Many now-thriving groups would never have survived<br />
without support from other groups, just as newer members receive<br />
support from longer-term members.<br />
Ways we can support new groups include not only giving them<br />
material <strong>and</strong> financial support, but also visiting their meetings <strong>and</strong><br />
ensuring that they become an active part of our OA Fellowship by<br />
attending intergroup meetings <strong>and</strong> by being listed in the local meeting<br />
directory. Learning to take responsibility is a major part of our program,<br />
at both the personal <strong>and</strong> group levels. We ought not create any<br />
unnecessary or unhealthy dependency. However, we should always help a<br />
group get started, weaning them off the help as soon as it is appropriate.<br />
Some intergroups <strong>and</strong> regions have special funds to assist new groups.<br />
— August 2002<br />
74
OUTREACH—TO GROUPS IN OUTLYING AREAS<br />
• What is the best way for us to support groups in outlying areas?<br />
The best way to help is to attend these groups’ meetings. Even if<br />
you have a long drive, get a group of people together <strong>and</strong> have three<br />
meetings: one getting there, the one you attend while you’re there <strong>and</strong><br />
one coming home. The members making the effort <strong>and</strong> the ones in the<br />
outlying meetings all will benefit.<br />
In addition, regularly let groups in outlying areas know that<br />
intergroups <strong>and</strong> regions are available to help them. Intergroups can send<br />
these groups information about services they provide <strong>and</strong> about special<br />
OA events. Intergroups or regions can buy inexpensive telephone cards<br />
for outreach committee members to periodically call groups in outlying<br />
areas. The personal contact is usually a welcome surprise.<br />
— October 2002<br />
OUTSIDE ISSUES—ANNOUNCING FUNCTION AT MEETING<br />
• I would like to have an after-meeting gathering at my home for<br />
an OA member who is leaving the area, <strong>and</strong> I want to invite<br />
everyone in our Fellowship. Would it break an OA Tradition for me<br />
to announce the function at the meetings I attend? Could I pass<br />
around a flyer with the date <strong>and</strong> directions to my home? If this<br />
would not be correct, how could I announce such an affair? What<br />
Tradition would this question come under?<br />
This sounds like an open meeting since everyone is included in the<br />
invitation. A special event, such as a marathon or an IDEA Day or Unity<br />
Day celebration, can be announced. These are times when people come<br />
together around a common theme. The proposed meeting sounds like a<br />
wonderful opportunity for members of the Fellowship to support the<br />
member who is leaving.<br />
I cannot think of any Tradition that would be broken by announcing<br />
this event. You are carrying the message to the compulsive overeater<br />
who still suffers by extending a caring h<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> showing the strength of<br />
the Fellowship by sharing the love <strong>and</strong> common bond we feel toward one<br />
another. As long as the person who is leaving does not mind others<br />
knowing about her plans to move, her anonymity is not being broken.<br />
If in doubt, you can take a group conscience to see if anyone<br />
objects to the announcement being made at the meeting. If anyone<br />
objects, you will have to extend the invitations individually so as not to<br />
violate the feelings of the group as a whole.<br />
This reminds me of OA’s Promise: “I put my h<strong>and</strong> in yours . . . <strong>and</strong><br />
together we can do what we could never do alone! No longer is there a<br />
sense of hopelessness, no longer must we each depend upon our own<br />
75
unsteady willpower. We are all together now, reaching out our h<strong>and</strong>s for<br />
power <strong>and</strong> strength greater than ours, <strong>and</strong> as we join h<strong>and</strong>s, we find love<br />
<strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing beyond our wildest dreams” (I Put My H<strong>and</strong> in Yours,<br />
p. i).<br />
You are together <strong>and</strong> reaching out sharing your hope, strength <strong>and</strong><br />
love to support another compulsive overeater, so she will be better able<br />
to share hers as she continues in program in her new location.<br />
— January 2004<br />
OUTSIDE ISSUES—NON-OA REQUESTS AT MEETINGS<br />
• A member of our OA-HOW group asked during announcement<br />
time if members would save empty bottles from a sugar-free<br />
syrup for her friend who is not an OA member. Is this<br />
appropriate? Which, if any, Traditions does it violate? How does<br />
this compare with asking for a ride home or help with car<br />
problems?<br />
The area between what needs to be said <strong>and</strong> what should be left for<br />
individual sharing is debatable. At meetings, we need to share<br />
experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope to achieve recovery from compulsive<br />
overeating. At announcement time, we still need to respect these<br />
program issues; however, it is the time to announce things pertaining to<br />
the meeting such as what the managers of the building expect of us as<br />
renters.<br />
The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong><br />
guides us in these matters. Tradition Four says, “Groups have promoted<br />
non-OA-approved literature to their members, or focused meeting<br />
discussions on topics not related to recovery from compulsive overeating,<br />
forgetting our primary purpose as expressed in Tradition Five. Meeting<br />
time has been used to promote outside enterprises <strong>and</strong> issues, despite<br />
our Sixth <strong>and</strong> Seventh Traditions” (p. 139).<br />
Tradition Five says, “We who have found a sane way of eating <strong>and</strong><br />
living have a responsibility to make sure OA doesn’t become sidetracked”<br />
(p. 145). “Tradition Six cautions each OA group to stick to the primary<br />
purpose exclusively, no matter how many outside enterprises may<br />
interest us as individuals” (p. 153). <strong>It</strong> continues, “Though these<br />
enterprises may be worthwhile, they threaten to divert the attention of<br />
groups from OA’s unique function, which is to carry the message of<br />
Twelve-Step recovery to compulsive overeaters who still suffer” (pp. 153-<br />
154).<br />
“The Tenth Tradition asks us to leave these issues outside when we<br />
walk through the OA doors. Even the most worthy of other causes has no<br />
place in an OA meeting” (pp. 185-186).<br />
76
At times we may need to bring up something outside the Twelve<br />
Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions, but we should be aware of what we may be<br />
bringing to our groups then <strong>and</strong> in the future.<br />
<strong>It</strong> is slightly different when a member needs help in getting to a gas<br />
station, has car problems, needs a ride home or is not feeling well. These<br />
things don’t affect OA as a whole <strong>and</strong> are not endorsing an outside<br />
enterprise. Sometimes we have to use common sense.<br />
— September 2004<br />
OUTSIDE ISSUES—RELIGION<br />
• Religion should not be a priority in OA, yet it seems to be a<br />
cause for concern in many meetings <strong>and</strong> even in our region<br />
assemblies. Some want to discontinue religious-based raffles <strong>and</strong><br />
prizes. OA has always included the Lord’s Prayer, as has AA, but<br />
now it isn’t good enough to close OA meetings. How can certain<br />
OA members keep their faith <strong>and</strong> belief systems from being<br />
trampled at the region <strong>and</strong> world service levels?<br />
Please refer to the OA preamble in OA’s “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” (p. v);<br />
the OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong> Intergroups (p. 34, second<br />
paragraph); <strong>and</strong> the Traditions, especially One, Two, Four, Five, Six, Ten<br />
<strong>and</strong> Twelve. Also refer to the Business Conference Policy Manual,<br />
Continuing Effect Motion 1993a, which covers suggested closings for OA<br />
meetings.<br />
OA members come from varied backgrounds, so it’s best to focus<br />
on our common bond rather than on our differences. Well-intended<br />
members often donate raffle prizes. If someone objects to using a<br />
particular prize, the group might hold a group conscience to decide<br />
whether to use the prize. If the group decides to use it, the objecting<br />
members may choose not to purchase a ticket for that prize.<br />
Groups may close meetings with the Lord’s Prayer if they choose,<br />
even though the 1993a motion does not include it in the list of suggested<br />
closings. The word suggested does not mean “must.” <strong>It</strong> is important to<br />
have a group conscience to resolve any concerns, especially those related<br />
to “religious” items. If the group decides to use that prayer, it is not<br />
violating the Traditions.<br />
— May 2004<br />
OUTSIDE ISSUES—TALKING IN MEETINGS ABOUT NON-OA<br />
ORGANIZATIONS<br />
• Why can’t we talk in OA meetings about organizations that have<br />
helped us get well?<br />
77
<strong>It</strong> may seem innocent to mention people, places <strong>and</strong> things in<br />
addition to OA that have helped us get well, but the Twelve Traditions<br />
were intended to preserve the special character of the program for which<br />
they were created. The founders of Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>, who wrote the<br />
Steps <strong>and</strong> Traditions, had seen other organizations, which were also<br />
trying to help alcoholics, crumble because they endorsed <strong>and</strong> involved<br />
themselves with outside entities. The AA founders realized that their<br />
singleness of purpose was their strength.<br />
We acknowledge the many avenues that have helped us in our<br />
journeys, but in meetings, other than passing references, we confine our<br />
sharing to talking only about the OA program <strong>and</strong> how it has helped our<br />
recoveries. Newcomers come to OA seeking help from the OA program.<br />
Our job is to make sure that legacy is there for them.<br />
— September 2003<br />
• How can a group secretary h<strong>and</strong>le people bringing up outside<br />
issues by name—such as exercise clubs, doctors, therapists or<br />
books—during sharing?<br />
This is always a touchy issue. Members squirm when an<br />
enthusiastic member says something like, “I’ve lost 4 pounds (2 kg) since<br />
I joined Mike’s gym. They have a great sign-up special this month,” “Dr.<br />
Brown prescribed a great appetite suppressant for me” or “That new<br />
book, Fat <strong>and</strong> Fabulous, makes a lot of sense to me.”<br />
Generally, it is the meeting secretary’s role to gently interrupt the<br />
share with a comment like, “I’m sorry to interrupt, but I’m uncomfortable<br />
hearing an outside issue mentioned at our meeting. Our group conscience<br />
has stated that this meeting follows the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />
Traditions. Discussion of outside issues is against our Sixth Tradition.”<br />
If the secretary does not intervene, any group member may<br />
interrupt the share. If no member brings up the Tradition violation at the<br />
time it occurs, several things can be done; for example:<br />
• Hold a group-conscience meeting <strong>and</strong> reinforce the need to refrain<br />
from mentioning outside issues during sharing.<br />
• Call the person involved <strong>and</strong> kindly suggest that he or she<br />
remember not to bring outside issues into a meeting.<br />
• <strong>Ask</strong> the member’s sponsor, if known, to call the member to<br />
discuss the issue.<br />
None of these options is comfortable or easy, but the alternative is<br />
to allow outside issues to dilute our OA message. This can be confusing to<br />
both newcomers <strong>and</strong> longtimers. <strong>It</strong> is the responsibility of every OA<br />
member to respect <strong>and</strong> protect the Traditions <strong>and</strong> the integrity of our<br />
meetings.<br />
— December 2006<br />
78
OUTSIDE ISSUES—TENANTS’ MEETING<br />
• The venue in which an OA meeting is held has asked the OA<br />
group to send a representative to its tenants’ meeting. Would it<br />
break any Tradition for OA members to participate in this<br />
meeting?<br />
Sending an OA member to a tenants’ meeting does not break any<br />
OA Tradition. A venue holds tenants’ meetings usually to communicate<br />
information to the tenants or to address their concerns. This could also be<br />
an excellent opportunity for public information work. OA members’<br />
participation will inform the community that OA exists in the area.<br />
— September 2002<br />
OUTSIDE OPINIONS<br />
• Why can’t we have an opinion on organizations that fit in with<br />
<strong>and</strong> support OA? They help us, so why can’t we help them?<br />
The answer to this question lies in Traditions Six <strong>and</strong> Ten. According<br />
to Tradition Six, “An OA group ought never endorse, finance or lend the<br />
OA name to any related facility or outside enterprise, lest problems of<br />
money, property <strong>and</strong> prestige divert us from our primary purpose.”<br />
Tradition Ten states, “<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> has no opinion on outside<br />
issues; hence the OA name ought never be drawn into public<br />
controversy.”<br />
We are fortunate to enjoy <strong>and</strong> appreciate the support of many<br />
organizations, <strong>and</strong> we express that appreciation privately in many ways.<br />
However, our greatest strength has always been our singleness of<br />
purpose. Founders of the first Twelve-Step program looked back in<br />
history to see why earlier attempts to help people suffering from<br />
compulsive diseases had failed. They discovered that these earlier<br />
programs had foundered when they became involved in issues outside<br />
their primary purpose.<br />
We may privately have opinions both for <strong>and</strong> against other<br />
organizations, may privately recommend them to others <strong>and</strong> may even<br />
be personally involved in them. However, as OA members <strong>and</strong> as<br />
representatives of OA as a whole, we talk only about <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>, what it does <strong>and</strong> what it has done for us. In doing so, the<br />
confused newcomer <strong>and</strong> the public at large receive a clear message from<br />
us about what we do <strong>and</strong> who we are. We avoid potential disagreement<br />
among ourselves about things we would never agree on <strong>and</strong> that would<br />
divert us from our primary purpose: to carry our message to the<br />
compulsive overeater who still suffers. Concerning all outside issues, it’s<br />
“live <strong>and</strong> let live.”<br />
— May 2002<br />
79
OUTSIDE SPEAKERS—IN GROUPS<br />
• A priest who works with behavior modification for overeaters<br />
but who has no Twelve-Step background was invited to speak to<br />
our group. Several of us objected, but we need to know what OA<br />
policy is on outside speakers so we can present it to the group.<br />
Whether we are considering outside literature or outside speakers<br />
for OA meetings <strong>and</strong> other functions, the question that should be asked<br />
is: Are we fulfilling our group purpose, which is to carry the OA message?<br />
The people who come to OA meetings are there to hear about the<br />
OA program; if they wished to learn about other programs, they would be<br />
elsewhere.<br />
When we present speakers whose experience or expertise is in<br />
areas outside the Twelve-Step program, we not only confuse newcomers,<br />
we also give the impression that we must not have much confidence in<br />
the OA program if we feel we have to supplement it. Moreover, we may<br />
appear to endorse outside enterprises or have opinions on outside issues.<br />
With nearly a quarter century of experience, OA’s resources of<br />
program literature <strong>and</strong> program speakers are readily available to groups<br />
in most areas. In communities where OA is new, help may be found by<br />
contacting the nearest intergroup or the region office <strong>and</strong> asking for<br />
speakers.<br />
We can say without hesitation that there are recovering OAers<br />
everywhere who consider it a privilege to travel long distances to give<br />
away what they have received.<br />
— February 1990, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, July/August<br />
1984<br />
OUTSIDE SPEAKERS—AT MARATHONS<br />
• At marathons, do speakers need to be from the OA Fellowship?<br />
Can addiction counselors be speakers, or are they considered an<br />
outside issue?<br />
Our primary purpose is to carry the message found in the Twelfth<br />
Step: “Having had a spiritual awakening as the result of these Steps, we<br />
tried to carry this message to compulsive overeaters <strong>and</strong> to practice<br />
these principles in all our affairs.” The promises of the Ninth Step assure<br />
us freedom from our compulsion as a result of the spiritual awakening. <strong>It</strong><br />
is critically important to recognize that only in OA can we hear this<br />
message <strong>and</strong> see the results of practicing OA’s Twelve Steps.<br />
If counselors could have solved the problem of compulsive eating,<br />
there never would have been an OA. That is why we must ensure that<br />
those who come to our meetings, conventions, marathons <strong>and</strong> retreats<br />
80
hear our message, because it is a message that saves lives. Outside<br />
speakers who have not experienced the hell of compulsive eating are<br />
unable to convey the experience of escaping from that hell by means of<br />
the Twelve Steps of OA. Our Fifth Tradition tells us to keep it simple by<br />
focusing on our message.<br />
Our Sixth Tradition tells us that we must never lend the OA name<br />
by endorsement. Selecting a particular counselor, counseling philosophy,<br />
nutritionist or other outside physical or mental self-improvement<br />
counselor is a form of endorsement <strong>and</strong> is not appropriate for any OA<br />
service body or group.<br />
Our Tenth Tradition tells us that we take no position on outside<br />
issues, <strong>and</strong> counseling approaches can be issue ridden. Selecting a<br />
specific counselor involves taking a position on an outside issue. Based on<br />
fairness, other counselors with other approaches would then want access<br />
to our membership as well.<br />
— April 2005<br />
PLAN OF EATING—PRESCRIBED<br />
• How do you respond to a newcomer or relapsed OA person who<br />
insists that he/she needs a prescribed plan of eating?<br />
This is really not a problem. If a newcomer asks this of you,<br />
suggest that the person see a qualified professional (e.g., a nutritionist or<br />
dietitian). If an individual continues to ask for suggestions, have him or<br />
her make a list of personal binge foods. Suggest that the person try to<br />
avoid eating the foods on the list. Of course, some people can binge on<br />
any food, so before making this suggestion, you might want to talk with<br />
the member to discover if this is a problem. A plan of eating is an<br />
individual matter. No two people have the same metabolism or digestive<br />
system. Each person approaches problems with a personal perspective<br />
<strong>and</strong> a different approach.<br />
For further guidance <strong>and</strong> many suggestions, please read the justreleased<br />
pamphlet A Plan of Eating. <strong>It</strong> was approved at the 1998 World<br />
Service Business Conference.<br />
— September 1998<br />
PHYSICAL RECOVERY— “RECOVERED” OVEREATER<br />
• Is it acceptable to call oneself a “recovered” compulsive<br />
overeater, as I read in a past <strong>Lifeline</strong> story? I thought we were<br />
never really recovered?<br />
Since our OA program is based on the Twelve Steps of Alcoholics<br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>, many OA members refer to the Big Book (Alcoholics<br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>) when seeking information about recovery. In the Foreword<br />
81
to the First Edition, the word “recovered” is used in the first two<br />
sentences: “We, of Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>, are more than one hundred<br />
men <strong>and</strong> women who have recovered from a seemingly hopeless state of<br />
mind <strong>and</strong> body. To show other alcoholics precisely how we have<br />
recovered is the main purpose of this book.” The word “recovered” is<br />
used 10 more times in the first 164 pages of the Big Book.<br />
Some OA members like to make a distinction between being<br />
“recovered” <strong>and</strong> “cured.” On page 85 of the Third Edition we find, “We are<br />
not cured of alcoholism,” but it also says “ . . . the problem has been<br />
removed.” However, there is a contingency that “ . . . we keep in fit<br />
spiritual condition.”<br />
The use of these terms has been of interest to OA members for<br />
quite some time. The following is a helpful answer to a similar question<br />
that appeared in the <strong>Lifeline</strong> <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong> in November 2001:<br />
“Many OAers use the term ‘recovered.’ Many use the term<br />
‘recovering.’ Those who use ‘recovered’ are emphasizing the change<br />
within that has given them the miracle of recovery. Those who use<br />
‘recovering’ are emphasizing the day-to-day work they do to keep<br />
recovering. There are no rights or wrongs in this regard. We use the<br />
words that feel most comfortable to us, keeping in mind that our primary<br />
purpose is to carry the message of recovery to those who still suffer, as<br />
Tradition Five points out.”<br />
— January 2007<br />
PHYSICAL RECOVERY—WHY IT’S IMPORTANT<br />
• Why is physical recovery important?<br />
We have a three-fold disease, <strong>and</strong> the solution is three-fold also. Is<br />
having only physical recovery better than having only emotional recovery<br />
or only spiritual recovery? Can a compulsive overeater recover in only<br />
one aspect of our disease? Probably not. For most of us, abstinence from<br />
compulsive eating comes first. We must abstain from compulsive<br />
overeating before we can think clearly, find a Higher Power to work with<br />
<strong>and</strong> work the Steps. In working the Steps <strong>and</strong> using the tools, we will<br />
have recovery in all three areas.<br />
— July 2000<br />
POLICY STATEMENTS<br />
• I underst<strong>and</strong> that OA’s policy statements are passed by the<br />
World Service Business Conference. Were any new policy<br />
statements adopted by Conference 1993?<br />
The two policy statements printed below were passed at this year’s<br />
Conference. OA policy statements were conceived to help clarify complex<br />
82
questions <strong>and</strong> provide suggested guidelines for OA service bodies. They<br />
are submitted to Conference by intergroups as new business motions,<br />
<strong>and</strong> then debated <strong>and</strong> voted on by the delegates. Board-approved policy<br />
statements are adopted by the Board of Trustees.<br />
The Business Conference Policy Manual contains all of OA’s policies.<br />
<strong>It</strong>’s included in the OA Final Conference Report, available for purchase in<br />
the OA literature catalog.<br />
(Policy statements regarding suggested OA meeting <strong>and</strong> event<br />
closings <strong>and</strong> sale or display of other than OA-approved literature in<br />
violation with Tradition Six were printed here.)<br />
— September 1993<br />
POWERLESS OVER FOOD BUT HAVE CONTROL<br />
• How can a person be powerless over food but have control?<br />
How much control can I have if I’m powerless?<br />
You ask a question that is at the core of the OA program of<br />
recovery. The first three Steps of OA recovery have been summarized as<br />
“I can’t; Higher Power can; I think I will let Higher Power.”<br />
At www.oa.org you can read: “<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> offers a<br />
program of recovery from compulsive overeating using the Twelve Steps<br />
<strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of OA. Worldwide meetings <strong>and</strong> other tools provide<br />
a fellowship of experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope.” Individual OA members<br />
deal with your questions in different ways. Some find strength in turning<br />
their food over to the Higher Power of their underst<strong>and</strong>ing. Others find<br />
that developing a food plan with a health-care professional <strong>and</strong><br />
committing to following it with a sponsor helps them control their food.<br />
Others believe the Big Book of Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>, upon which<br />
our OA program is based, promises total freedom from the hopeless state<br />
of mind <strong>and</strong> body that characterizes many people who come to OA for<br />
help.<br />
“Lack of power, that was our dilemma. We had to find a power by<br />
which we could live, <strong>and</strong> it had to be a Power greater than ourselves.<br />
Obviously. But where <strong>and</strong> how were we to find this Power?<br />
“Well, that’s exactly what this book is about. <strong>It</strong>s main object is to<br />
enable you to find a Power greater than yourself which will solve your<br />
problem” (Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>, 4th ed., p. 45).<br />
I encourage the writer to attend many different OA meetings <strong>and</strong><br />
find an OA sponsor who has what this person wants in recovery. We who<br />
have recovered are obliged to pass on this gift according to Step Twelve.<br />
Keep coming back.<br />
— July 2005<br />
83
PRAYER—LORD’S PRAYER<br />
• Can we say the Lord’s Prayer in OA? If a group votes to close<br />
with the Lord’s Prayer, is this against suggested guidelines?<br />
The answer to the first question is yes. <strong>It</strong> is for the group<br />
conscience of the meeting to decide this matter. The answer to the<br />
second question is also yes. The answer is the same for both because<br />
meetings are free to go against suggested guidelines. When meetings<br />
consider doing so, it is helpful to have a thorough group-conscience<br />
discussion about OA’s Traditions.<br />
Because the Lord’s Prayer is associated with specific religious<br />
beliefs <strong>and</strong> is used in at least two different versions by different religions,<br />
it can be a barrier to unity for those who are not affiliated with those<br />
religions. Our First Tradition tells us our recovery depends on OA unity.<br />
Any action which may threaten that unity threatens our recovery.<br />
Our Fifth Tradition tells us, “Each group has but one primary<br />
purpose—to carry its message.” The message is found in the Twelfth<br />
Step: “Having had a spiritual awakening as the result of these Steps, we<br />
tried to carry this message to compulsive overeaters.” Our purpose is not<br />
to provide a sectarian prayer ceremony, which is available in appropriate<br />
churches, nor is it to convey the idea that specific beliefs about a Higher<br />
Power are associated with OA. <strong>It</strong> is helpful to remember that OA exists<br />
because various religious organizations were unable to free their<br />
practitioners from the chains of our disease. To use OA meetings to<br />
support the practices of specific religions is to fail to recognize the unique<br />
message of OA, which is available to people of any religious persuasion.<br />
The World Service Business Conference (WSBC), which is the<br />
worldwide group conscience of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, has considered<br />
this subject often <strong>and</strong> has refused to include the Lord’s Prayer in the list<br />
of suggested closings. Some believe the WSBC has rejected<br />
recommending the Lord’s Prayer because doing so would endorse a<br />
particular religious tradition <strong>and</strong> would open the door to legitimate<br />
expectations of including prayers of other religious traditions. Also, the<br />
WSBC may have considered the prayer divisive in its spirit rather than<br />
uniting.<br />
The WSBC adopted the first formal expression of this concern for<br />
unity in Policy 1993a (Business Conference Policy Manual, 1962–2004, p.<br />
13). <strong>It</strong> reaffirmed it in 1997, 1999 <strong>and</strong> 2001 by defeating motions to<br />
include the Lord’s Prayer in the list of suggested closings.<br />
— June 2005<br />
84
PRAYER—HP’S WILL, NOT SELF-WILL<br />
• Even after lots of prayer, how does one know when actions<br />
taken are HP’s will, not self-will?<br />
I begin each day praying for God’s direction <strong>and</strong> the power to carry<br />
it out. As my conscious contact with God increases <strong>and</strong> I grow spiritually,<br />
I am more in tune with God’s will for me. I have a feeling of rightness—<br />
an inner calmness that tells me I am in line with my Higher Power’s<br />
wishes for me. I can never be certain that my actions are God’s will, but I<br />
have some criteria I follow to help me make that determination. First, I<br />
put any pending decision in my Higher Power’s h<strong>and</strong>s. Then I continue to<br />
do what is in front of me, focusing on service to others to diminish my<br />
self-centeredness. When my proposed action is obvious, comfortable <strong>and</strong><br />
complete, it feels like God’s will. I learned this from my sponsor. If one of<br />
these components is missing <strong>and</strong> there is a struggle, I don’t take any<br />
action but continue to pray <strong>and</strong> wait until those missing pieces are in<br />
place.<br />
An example is when I considered running for the trustee position.<br />
When it was first mentioned to me, it was not obvious or comfortable. I<br />
turned over this decision, <strong>and</strong> my desire to run for the position increased,<br />
so it became comfortable. I then received my region’s affirmation, so it<br />
became obvious I could do this. I also needed my husb<strong>and</strong>’s support<br />
because of the increased travel schedule <strong>and</strong> time required to perform<br />
trustee responsibilities. My husb<strong>and</strong> gave me his blessings, <strong>and</strong> it became<br />
complete. <strong>It</strong> felt like God’s will for me.<br />
I don’t always make the best decisions, <strong>and</strong> as the Big Book states,<br />
“<strong>It</strong> is not probable that we are going to be inspired at all times. We might<br />
pay for this presumption in all sorts of absurd actions <strong>and</strong> ideas”<br />
(Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>, 4th ed., p. 87). As I have continued to ask for<br />
freedom from self-will <strong>and</strong> trust in my Higher Power’s guidance, my<br />
actions have become less absurd <strong>and</strong> more obvious, comfortable <strong>and</strong><br />
complete.<br />
— July 2006<br />
PRAYER—SERENITY PRAYER<br />
• One local meeting ends with the Serenity Prayer followed by<br />
these words: “Living one day at a time, enjoying one moment at a<br />
time, accepting hardship as a pathway to peace; taking this world<br />
as it is, not as I would have it . . . trusting that You will make all<br />
things right if I surrender to Your will.” Is this ending Conferenceapproved?<br />
Where does the Serenity Prayer come from?<br />
The 1993 World Service Business Conference passed a motion to<br />
suggest that all OA meetings <strong>and</strong> events be closed with one of the<br />
85
following: the Serenity Prayer, the Seventh-Step prayer, the Third-Step<br />
prayer or the OA Promise, “I Put My H<strong>and</strong> In Yours.” If your group has<br />
decided upon an exp<strong>and</strong>ed version of the st<strong>and</strong>ard three-line Serenity<br />
Prayer, then that is your group’s decision, <strong>and</strong> the suggestion from<br />
Conference is broad enough to support it.<br />
The Serenity Prayer first came to AA’s attention in 1942, when one<br />
member noticed it in an obituary in the New York Herald Tribune. Feeling<br />
that it captured the Twelve-Step philosophy, members immediately<br />
printed cards <strong>and</strong> distributed them at meetings.<br />
According to the August/September, 1992 issue of “Box 459: News<br />
<strong>and</strong> Notes from the General Service Office of Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>,” the<br />
exact origin of the prayer has been “shrouded in overlays of history, even<br />
mystery” over the years. The newsletter claims that undisputed<br />
authorship belongs to Dr. Rheinhold Niebhur, who said he wrote the<br />
prayer in 1932 as a “tag line” to a sermon he delivered, although its<br />
source may be much more ancient.<br />
Certainly the prayer’s themes of wisdom, faith, courage <strong>and</strong><br />
acceptance are common among history’s philosophies <strong>and</strong> religions.<br />
Further research in the 1950s <strong>and</strong> ’60s found a similar prayer, as<br />
reported in AA’s Grapevine in 1964, on a plaque in a West German hotel,<br />
attributed to the 18th century priest, Friedrich Oetinger. This was<br />
accepted, until 1979, as the prayer’s true origin. AA researchers then<br />
discovered a much earlier form of the prayer in a book by the Roman<br />
philosopher, Boethius (480-524 CE), as well as a card with the same<br />
prayer dubbed as the “General’s Prayer,” dating it to the 14th century.<br />
Through all the claims, Mrs. Reinhold Niebhur insists that her<br />
husb<strong>and</strong> was the Serenity Prayer’s author, <strong>and</strong> that he “used <strong>and</strong><br />
preferred” the following form:<br />
“God, give us grace to accept with serenity the things that cannot<br />
be changed, courage to change the things that should be changed, <strong>and</strong><br />
the wisdom to distinguish the one from the other.”<br />
— February 1996<br />
PUBLIC INFORMATION—ANONYMITY AND TRADITIONS ELEVEN<br />
AND TWELVE<br />
• Several members of our group are concerned about the public<br />
relations policy of our intergroup. The public information chair<br />
<strong>and</strong> others believe it’s OK to use their full names in the public<br />
media as long as they are representing the intergroup. <strong>It</strong> is our<br />
underst<strong>and</strong>ing that Traditions Eleven <strong>and</strong> Twelve apply to all<br />
members. Can you clarify?<br />
The writings of Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong> co-founder Bill W. provide a<br />
wealth of information relating to the Eleventh <strong>and</strong> Twelfth Traditions. Yet,<br />
86
the principle of anonymity is often misunderstood <strong>and</strong> misapplied, almost<br />
always with the best intentions.<br />
The Traditions are a legacy of safeguarding the existence of our<br />
Fellowship <strong>and</strong>, therefore, the personal recovery of each of us. They<br />
protect us against the potentially catastrophic effects of disunity, selfseeking<br />
<strong>and</strong> the countless other foibles <strong>and</strong> follies we have in common<br />
with the rest of humanity.<br />
The anonymity Traditions reflect the principle of humility, which Bill<br />
W. called “the greatest safeguard that Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong> can ever<br />
have.” For many long-time members, humility is also the greatest<br />
safeguard of personal recovery.<br />
To underst<strong>and</strong> why it is so important to “maintain personal<br />
anonymity at the level of press, radio, films, television, <strong>and</strong> other public<br />
media of communication,” each of us would do well to read – <strong>and</strong> reread<br />
– the text of Traditions Eleven <strong>and</strong> Twelve in Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />
Traditions published by Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong> World Services, Inc.<br />
— July 1990, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, March/April 1986<br />
PUBLIC INFORMATION—CAMPAIGN<br />
• Our intergroup is planning a public information campaign for the<br />
coming year. To assist us in getting OA’s message out to the<br />
community, we would like to know what resources are available<br />
from the WSO.<br />
The following is a list of public information resources at WSO.<br />
Pamphlets <strong>and</strong> flyers:<br />
• OA Is Not a Diet Club<br />
• <strong>Questions</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Answers</strong><br />
• 15 <strong>Questions</strong><br />
• A Program of Recovery<br />
• Many Symptoms, One Solution<br />
• About OA<br />
• OA Cares<br />
• New-Prospect Card<br />
• To the Newcomer<br />
• To the Compulsive Overeater in the Military<br />
• To the Man Who Wants to Stop Compulsive Overeating, Welcome<br />
• To the Teen<br />
• To the Teen Questionnaire<br />
• Compulsive Overeating: An Inside View<br />
• Introducing OA to Health Care Professionals<br />
• Introducing OA to the Clergy<br />
• Introducing OA to the Military<br />
87
• The Obese Employee<br />
Manuals:<br />
• Public Information Service Manual<br />
• HIPM (Hospitals, Institutions, Professionals <strong>and</strong> Military) Service Manual<br />
Posters:<br />
• Poster Display Kit (10 posters)<br />
• Bulletin Board Attraction Card<br />
Videotapes:<br />
• <strong>It</strong>’s Not What You’re Eating, <strong>It</strong>’s What’s Eating You (Public Service<br />
Announcement)<br />
• OA—<strong>It</strong> Works<br />
In particular, consult our Public Information Service Manual, which<br />
suggests appropriate literature for particular PI events <strong>and</strong> activities.<br />
The WSBC Public Information Committee is also a useful resource<br />
to contact for ideas <strong>and</strong> materials regarding public information activities.<br />
Many regions have active public information committees that<br />
coordinate region-wide PI activities. Your intergroup can contact your<br />
regional PI committee chairperson for support <strong>and</strong> ideas in planning your<br />
campaign.<br />
— February 2000<br />
PUBLIC INFORMATION—LIMIT TO MEMBERS ONLY AND<br />
ADVERTISE EVENTS TO PUBLIC<br />
• As public-information chairperson for our IG, I need to know<br />
whether it is a break in Traditions to limit attendance to<br />
“members only” at our day-long or weekend marathons.<br />
Conversely, is it breaking a Tradition to advertise these events to<br />
the public?<br />
If your intergroup does not have a copy of the Public Information<br />
Service Manual, consider ordering one from the World Service Office. <strong>It</strong><br />
contains a wealth of information to help you in your PI work <strong>and</strong> can<br />
guide you in how <strong>and</strong> when to use the media to attract new members.<br />
If your group conscience decides it wants to hold an event for<br />
members only, there is no rule that says it should not. However, you<br />
would not be upholding the spirit of Tradition Five—that each group has<br />
the primary purpose of carrying the OA message to those who still<br />
suffer—if you barred anyone from your meeting who had a desire to stop<br />
eating compulsively. Your intergroup might want to spend some time<br />
88
discussing what types of special events you want to hold <strong>and</strong> how much it<br />
would be appropriate to advertise different events.<br />
For example, weekend marathons are often held at hotels, where<br />
there is usually a charge for those attending. Also, such marathons<br />
usually have a focus on maintaining recovery, <strong>and</strong> there are not a lot of<br />
newcomers in attendance.<br />
But it’s important not to neglect using the media as a significant<br />
way of attracting new members. There would certainly be no Traditions<br />
break in choosing to advertise an event. Many newcomers first hear of<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> through a newspaper advertisement or a public<br />
service announcement on radio or television, <strong>and</strong> it’s always exciting<br />
whenever someone’s first encounter with OA is a marathon or retreat.<br />
Step Twelve suggests that we try to carry the OA message to other<br />
compulsive overeaters. As OA members, we must ask ourselves: How<br />
well am I practicing this part of the Twelfth Step? Each group, intergroup<br />
<strong>and</strong> region needs to ask itself this question, as well. We must remember<br />
that by focusing our best efforts on attracting those who still suffer, our<br />
groups get stronger, we ensure our own recovery, <strong>and</strong> we help those who<br />
may otherwise feel hopeless.<br />
— February 1997<br />
PUBLIC INFORMATION—LIMITED BUDGET<br />
• In February’s column, we asked members how their groups <strong>and</strong><br />
intergroup undertake public information activities with little or no<br />
budget. Here are two responses.<br />
Here are some of our intergroup’s low-budget PI methods:<br />
• Radio stations are required to broadcast a certain number of<br />
public service announcements. Keep the message brief <strong>and</strong> include a<br />
phone contact, if possible. This announcement will need to be updated<br />
monthly or bimonthly. And don’t forget public radio stations; they are<br />
usually more eager to cooperation.<br />
• Bright-colored signs for bulletin boards can be h<strong>and</strong>made. We put<br />
a tear-off pull-tab at the bottom of the sheet with a local contact number<br />
on each tab. These work very well tacked or stapled on boards in grocery<br />
stores, Laundromats, churches, etc.<br />
• Weekly shoppers, community newspapers <strong>and</strong> some local daily<br />
papers place notices at no charge in their “community bulletin” sections.<br />
Some of these need to be renewed monthly.<br />
• We send meeting lists to employee assistance programs at<br />
companies with a large number of employees. Calling first to get a name<br />
helps get the information to the right person.<br />
– R.T. & L.V., Central Illinois Intergroup, Bloomington, Illinois USA<br />
89
Our little meeting (three to eight OA members per week) focuses on<br />
service in a number of ways.<br />
We hold two OA-sponsored events a year. In the winter we call it a<br />
“public information seminar” <strong>and</strong> hold it in the community room at the<br />
local library. This requires a room deposit but no room charge. We type<br />
up flyers <strong>and</strong> have copies made for a minimal cost. I think two weeks’<br />
worth of the Seventh-Tradition collection covers this expense. We leave<br />
flyers wherever we go: grocery stores, libraries, university buildings,<br />
doctors’ offices, bookstores, health clubs. We all carry a roll of tape with<br />
us at all times.<br />
We advertise the public information seminar in the local<br />
newspapers, <strong>and</strong> on radio <strong>and</strong> TV stations. All of these offer free public<br />
service announcements. Unfortunately, it is hard to get free space on the<br />
radio or TV, but we keep trying. At the meeting we distribute back issues<br />
of <strong>Lifeline</strong>, our monthly local newsletter <strong>and</strong> the pamphlet Fifteen<br />
<strong>Questions</strong> to help newcomers determine if they need our program.<br />
The second OA event we sponsor is a picnic in the summer. We try<br />
to focus on inviting the community to have some fun <strong>and</strong> get to know us<br />
<strong>and</strong> our recovery program. We do the same type of advertising as for our<br />
other event.<br />
We also purchase a few dozen Fifteen <strong>Questions</strong> flyers from the<br />
WSO <strong>and</strong> write our intergroup’s phone number on them, as well as a<br />
contact person’s number for our meeting. We pass these out all over, too.<br />
The cost is minimal for the flyers.<br />
Our group has also committed to writing brief articles for our local<br />
OA monthly newsletter the first week of each month. This puts us in the<br />
service mode. I know that our small group is strong because of all the<br />
service work we do. I want to encourage every group out there to spread<br />
the OA message to the public.<br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong><br />
PUBLIC INFORMATION—PHYSICAL RECOVERY REQUIREMENT<br />
• We’ve heard that members who speak to health professionals<br />
<strong>and</strong> other community groups should be in physical recovery (not<br />
overweight). Is there a statement explaining this<br />
recommendation so that those who are still overweight don’t take<br />
it personally?<br />
The Public Information Manual suggests the following: “OAers who<br />
speak to non-OA meetings should have an established recovery from<br />
compulsive overeating, a good appearance reflecting their physical <strong>and</strong><br />
emotional well-being, <strong>and</strong> thorough knowledge of the OA program <strong>and</strong><br />
the Traditions.<br />
90
Clearly the reason for these recommendations is rooted in the fact<br />
that body size is the st<strong>and</strong>ard automatically applied to persons who say<br />
they are recovering from compulsive overeating. We in OA know<br />
members who, having lost a lot of weight, are still only halfway to normal<br />
size. Does such an individual make a good spokesperson for the OA<br />
program?<br />
The answer can only be based on the circumstances. In considering<br />
your options, the best choice may well be the member who has more<br />
weight to lose but who is making excellent progress at all levels of<br />
recovery.<br />
Just as we do in speaking to OA groups, members addressing non-<br />
OA audiences should qualify briefly, giving former <strong>and</strong> present weight (or<br />
the total lost), before going on to tell of the inner change brought about<br />
by the Twelve-Step program <strong>and</strong> its effect on the quality of our own <strong>and</strong><br />
others’ lives.<br />
— January 1992, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, May/June<br />
1984<br />
• Our intergroup is reserving a booth at a large health fair. Many<br />
OA members who have agreed to volunteer at the booth have<br />
little or no physical recovery. Should our intergroup require or<br />
suggest that volunteers be an attraction to OA by having physical<br />
recovery? What if no one with physical recovery volunteers?<br />
The HIPM (Hospital, Institutions, Professional, Military) Service<br />
Manual suggests that volunteers at health fairs have physical, emotional<br />
<strong>and</strong> spiritual recovery. Our purpose in attending a health fair is to tell<br />
people how our obsession with food lifted through working the Twelve<br />
Steps of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>. At these events the volunteers are<br />
representing the OA program. Displaying a healthy body weight gives the<br />
message that the Twelve Steps work.<br />
For those who are overweight, weight loss is a byproduct of<br />
recovery through the Steps. Volunteers who do not have physical<br />
recovery give little credence to OA’s program of recovery. What kind of<br />
message are we carrying if volunteers at an OA booth are overweight?<br />
Many volunteers have reported after a health fair or professional<br />
conference that attendees commented on the volunteers’ slim physical<br />
appearance. Physical recovery piques the public’s interest in learning<br />
more about OA.<br />
The intergroup’s group conscience should decide whether or not to<br />
have an abstinence requirement for these events. OA’s cofounder<br />
stated in one of her addresses that it was better for a service position to<br />
remain vacant than for a nonabstaining member to take it on. <strong>It</strong> might be<br />
better for an intergroup not to participate in this health-fair event than to<br />
send volunteers who convey the wrong message about <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />
91
— January 2006<br />
PUBLIC INFORMATION—PUBLIC AWARENESSS CAMPAIGN<br />
• Delegates to the 2007 World Service Business Conference<br />
passed a motion to initiate a Public Awareness Campaign using an<br />
outside advertising agency. The Eleventh Tradition states, “Our<br />
public relations policy is based on attraction rather than<br />
promotion.” Why is it okay to collect money for an outside<br />
advertising person to spread the message of OA?<br />
No compulsive eater should be denied the solution found in<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> because she or he lacks knowledge of the<br />
program. For this reason, the delegates at the 2007 World Service<br />
Business Conference overwhelmingly voted to support a motion by the<br />
Board of Trustees to initiate a Public Awareness Campaign using the<br />
services of an outside advertising agency. The delegates also voted to<br />
finance the initial phase of this campaign through member donations.<br />
Some members have concerns about the use of an outside agency<br />
to spread OA’s message. An analogy may be helpful. When we print a<br />
new piece of literature to carry our message, we do not go out <strong>and</strong> buy a<br />
printing press. We get information about services <strong>and</strong> prices from several<br />
printers <strong>and</strong> make the best selection possible.<br />
In the same manner, the delegates voted to select an advertising<br />
agency to carry the message of OA, especially since the World Service<br />
Office staff has neither the time nor the experience to conduct a national<br />
campaign. Several agencies presented bids, <strong>and</strong> the Executive Committee<br />
made a selection. This action is in keeping with Concept Eleven: “Trustee<br />
administration of the World Service Office should always be assisted by<br />
the best st<strong>and</strong>ing committees, executives, staffs <strong>and</strong> consultants.”<br />
The agency is fully aware that our goal is to attract members to OA<br />
through education <strong>and</strong> information, not through celebrity endorsements,<br />
extravagant promises or personal appeals. The Board of Trustees will<br />
approve <strong>and</strong> oversee the entire campaign, with careful consideration of<br />
our Steps, Traditions <strong>and</strong> Concepts.<br />
To fulfill the delegates’ m<strong>and</strong>ate to have the first $20,000 of the<br />
campaign supported by member contributions, the WSO has informed<br />
service bodies of the campaign <strong>and</strong> requested that they initiate a program<br />
to collect member donations for this fund. This will provide every member<br />
of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> an opportunity to help carry our message of<br />
recovery to the still-suffering compulsive eater.<br />
— September/October 2007<br />
92
PUBLIC INFORMATION—RADIO AND TV ANNOUNCEMENTS<br />
• Can we announce our meeting on radio or TV? If so, what can<br />
we say?<br />
You are encouraged to announce OA meetings through the public<br />
media. “Each group has one primary purpose—to carry its message to the<br />
compulsive overeater who still stuffers,” states our Fifth Tradition. Public<br />
service announcements are a good way to do this.<br />
Members are anonymous, but the group is not. Give basic facts<br />
about meeting date, time <strong>and</strong> place, some brief information about OA<br />
(emphasizing that we are not a diet club <strong>and</strong> that we have no dues or<br />
fees), <strong>and</strong> provide a post office box or telephone number.<br />
Radio <strong>and</strong> TV spot announcements may be purchased from the<br />
WSO. Also, you will find samples <strong>and</strong> helpful suggestions in the Public<br />
Information Service Manual.<br />
Radio <strong>and</strong> TV stations are required to provide a certain amount of<br />
time for public service announcements. If they agree to air your OA<br />
announcement, this service will be free of charge.<br />
— February 1993, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />
January/February 1982<br />
SALES AT OA EVENTS<br />
• I recently attended an OA convention in my hometown that<br />
someone who was not an OA member videotaped. He also<br />
displayed tapes <strong>and</strong> literature from another Twelve-Step group.<br />
During the convention dinner, this person’s wife announced that<br />
she was an OA member. She went on to promote the tapes her<br />
husb<strong>and</strong> was selling, <strong>and</strong> I objected. Was I wrong to object to her<br />
promoting the tapes, <strong>and</strong> was she wrong to participate in the<br />
promotion?<br />
Tradition Six: “An OA group ought never endorse, finance or lend<br />
the OA name to any related facility or outside enterprise, lest problems of<br />
money, property <strong>and</strong> prestige divert us from our primary purpose.” See<br />
page 154 in The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong> for a further discussion of this issue in the context of<br />
Tradition Six.<br />
The Guidelines for OA Events give more specific guidance:<br />
“<strong>It</strong> is the responsibility of all of us to act as guardians of the<br />
Traditions. Most Tradition violations occur through misunderst<strong>and</strong>ing or<br />
misinformation. We must always be aware that we may inadvertently<br />
make some precedent-setting decision that could adversely affect our<br />
own <strong>and</strong> other groups, <strong>and</strong> thus OA as a whole . . .<br />
93
“The OA-approved literature list of books <strong>and</strong> pamphlets that may<br />
be offered for sale at this event can be obtained from the World Service<br />
Office. Intergroup <strong>and</strong> group-prepared local literature should be used with<br />
the greatest discretion.<br />
“If you choose to sell merch<strong>and</strong>ise [at OA events], follow these<br />
guidelines:<br />
“1. All sales be made by <strong>and</strong> for OA service bodies.<br />
“2. Each sale item be approved by group conscience.<br />
“3. Sales at OA events <strong>and</strong> functions should be conducted in such a<br />
manner so as not to divert or distract from our primary purpose to carry<br />
the message to the compulsive overeater who still suffers.<br />
“In accordance with our Traditions, each group, intergroup, region,<br />
world service <strong>and</strong> other service body may determine whether or not to<br />
sell merch<strong>and</strong>ise. <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> must be ever mindful of our<br />
Traditions, which warn against endorsement of outside enterprises.”<br />
Contact the WSO to order the OA Guidelines packet, which contains<br />
the full text of Guidelines for OA Events <strong>and</strong> sheets on related topics<br />
(catalog #570/$1.35).<br />
— January 2001<br />
SERVICE—ABLE TO DO IF UNABLE TO ATTEND MEETINGS<br />
• A member who no longer comes to meetings because of a<br />
disability offers to do service by making calls, especially because<br />
of our need to follow up with newcomers. Since we do not know if<br />
she is working the OA program <strong>and</strong> able to carry the message,<br />
should she be involved in this service?<br />
Tradition Three says, “The only requirement for OA membership is a<br />
desire to stop eating compulsively.” Our book, The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong><br />
Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, says that no one who has<br />
this desire can be barred from any OA group. The same book teaches us<br />
that service is the principle underlying Step Twelve. In OA, we learn we<br />
can’t keep recovery unless we are willing to give it away. Ironically, we<br />
seldom know if a member is working a program well enough to be able to<br />
pass it on.<br />
Usually OA service bodies have abstinence requirements for service<br />
positions. Often, our service bodies ask individuals if they meet those<br />
requirements, <strong>and</strong> service bodies must take the answers on faith <strong>and</strong><br />
trust. This is true whether or not an individual is able to use the tool of<br />
meetings. In this situation, it seems your group’s decision does a service<br />
to this member in allowing her to practice Step Twelve <strong>and</strong> ensures that<br />
newcomers receive a follow-up welcome by someone in program.<br />
— May 2006<br />
94
SERVICE—BURN OUT<br />
• What do we do about members burning out at service jobs<br />
because so few are abstinent or are willing to do service on any<br />
level?<br />
No one or two people can do all the work. For a meeting to recover<br />
from the fatal disease of nonparticipation, all members need to work<br />
together . . . together we can! We need to ask ourselves: What is my<br />
recovery worth to me? Is my life in recovery better than before recovery?<br />
Doing service keeps me coming back.<br />
If you or a few of you are the only ones doing the work, ask those<br />
you sponsor to carry the key or put out the literature. Because people<br />
sometimes come from backgrounds in which they didn’t feel worthy, we<br />
need to ask them to do service <strong>and</strong> tell them that they can do a job.<br />
— August 2000<br />
SERVICE—INVOLVING LONGTIMERS IN INTERGROUP<br />
• How can we get longtimers involved with intergroup?<br />
If the apparently reluctant longtimers have a recent <strong>and</strong> extensive<br />
history of serving at intergroup, perhaps they are practicing rotation of<br />
service. <strong>It</strong> is of great value to any service body, however, to have a<br />
balance of OA members who are beginning to contribute their time <strong>and</strong><br />
talent to a service body, along with some OA folks who have experience,<br />
strength <strong>and</strong> hope to share from holding service positions.<br />
One of the best methods to attract OA members, regardless of<br />
experience, is the personal approach. Personally invite a service prospect<br />
to attend the next business meeting. Inform that person of the service<br />
opportunities available <strong>and</strong> suggest a position you think that OA member<br />
would be well suited to hold. Encourage attendance by arranging to go<br />
with the person to the meeting. Nominate that person during the election<br />
process.<br />
Some OA members are reluctant to serve if taking a service<br />
position involves doing all of the tasks or recruiting other OA members to<br />
help out. That need not be the case if the prospect is assured that there<br />
are OAers ready to serve, too.<br />
Another effective way to foster service in OA is for sponsors to<br />
encourage their sponsorees to become involved with OA service. This idea<br />
can be incorporated into a sponsorship workshop.<br />
— August 1998<br />
SERVICE—POSITIONS AND LOSING ABSTINENCE<br />
95
• What should I do if I relapse while holding an OA office with an<br />
abstinence requirement at the intergroup, region or world service<br />
level? Should I step down from the office, tell my group or what?<br />
If you are holding a service position with an abstinence requirement<br />
<strong>and</strong> you return to compulsive overeating (or relapse), then you should<br />
immediately notify the service board, admit you are compulsively<br />
overeating, <strong>and</strong> resign the position. In other words, step down <strong>and</strong><br />
concentrate on your recovery. Keeping a service position thinking you will<br />
regain your abstinence can cause more problems for you <strong>and</strong> for the<br />
group. Your own recovery <strong>and</strong> the group’s welfare should be of primary<br />
concern. Remember to pray about this situation <strong>and</strong> ask your Higher<br />
Power for guidance.<br />
— April 2002<br />
SERVICE—POSITIONS REQUIREMENTS AND TRADITION THREE<br />
• Our group holds a “century meeting” in which service positions<br />
are open only to those who have lost or plan to lose 100 pounds<br />
or more. Is this a break in Traditions?<br />
Many meetings have requirements for service positions, such as a<br />
certain length of continued abstinence or experience beyond the group<br />
level. Groups set these requirements because they believe a certain kind<br />
of experience will benefit the group.<br />
Maybe your group should ask itself whether the 100-pound<br />
requirement for service is designed to meet the group’s needs. If a<br />
nonabstaining person who needs to lose 100 pounds or more can take a<br />
service position, but an abstaining person who has lost 50 pounds cannot,<br />
it might be worthwhile for the group to evaluate the purpose of the<br />
requirements. No one should feel excluded from a group. That’s what<br />
Tradition Three is all about. We should always remember that OA is our<br />
home, <strong>and</strong> we exist to serve all those who suffer.<br />
— April 2001<br />
SERVICE—ROTATION OF<br />
• Several members in our group are having a difficult time giving<br />
up their service positions. What is the theory behind the rotation<br />
of service positions espoused in OA?<br />
OA experience has shown that groups, as well as individual<br />
members, benefit most by rotating service responsibilities so that all<br />
members have a chance to serve. Whether it's for coffee person,<br />
secretary or literature-committee chair, rotation puts new energy into<br />
group life, enabling even the greenest newcomer to "give it away in order<br />
to keep it."<br />
96
Many groups have found that when rotation becomes an established<br />
practice, not only do newcomers, as well as those in relapse, tend to keep<br />
coming back, they also begin working the program earlier. When new<br />
people are responsible for such indispensable services as opening up the<br />
meeting room or setting up the literature table, it helps to counteract<br />
their feelings of shyness <strong>and</strong> encourages participation in group<br />
discussion.<br />
Rotating service positions also prevents one person from becoming<br />
overly possessive or controlling about a job. Members who have "served<br />
long <strong>and</strong> well" need an opportunity to reduce the ego aspect that comes<br />
from being in charge. Such a member could move on to the role of "elder<br />
statesman," encouraging others to take over <strong>and</strong> fostering trust that new<br />
ideas <strong>and</strong> a fresh approach will enhance <strong>and</strong> empower both the group <strong>and</strong><br />
themselves.<br />
Rotation offers every member of the group the privilege of giving<br />
service. <strong>It</strong> also gives us the opportunity to practice the principles of the<br />
program right where they were first presented to us in our home group.<br />
Service terms may vary, but most terms last six months. The task<br />
of establishing service terms <strong>and</strong> conducting elections to fill them are<br />
carried out by group members. (For detailed information, consult the OA<br />
Group H<strong>and</strong>book.<br />
— January 1995, as adapted from WSO Notebook,<br />
September/October 1989 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Lifeline</strong> June 1991<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—ALLOCATION<br />
• What is the suggested distribution of the money received<br />
through our Seventh Tradition collections? There seems to be<br />
some confusion about this.<br />
The OA Board of Trustees suggests that, after paying current<br />
expenses <strong>and</strong> keeping a prudent reserve, the remaining funds be<br />
allocated as follows:<br />
60% to intergroup<br />
30% to WSO<br />
10% to region<br />
Some groups make frequent small contributions while others prefer<br />
to distribute their funds on a quarterly basis. <strong>It</strong> isn’t necessary to wait<br />
until a large sum has accumulated before sending in a group donation.<br />
Small amounts, sent regularly, are the backbone of the Twelfth-Step work<br />
done by our service offices.<br />
— March 1993, reprinted from WSO Notebook,<br />
November/December 1981<br />
97
SEVENTH TRADITION—ADDITIONAL COLLECTIONS AND<br />
BABYSITTING<br />
• I was disturbed when the basket was passed four times at a<br />
recent meeting. Besides the usual Seventh Tradition collection,<br />
there were additional collections for the Conference delegates’<br />
fund, to buy a Big Book for “a struggling member in Mexico” <strong>and</strong><br />
to pay babysitting expenses for two group members. Any<br />
suggestions?<br />
This problem is best resolved by group conscience. <strong>It</strong>’s probably<br />
safe to say, however, that most groups prefer to keep collections to one<br />
per meeting except for emergencies such as not having enough in the<br />
kitty to pay the rent.<br />
If the group makes regular donations to intergroup, it is<br />
automatically contributing its share toward delegates’ expenses. (For<br />
suggested allocation of group funds <strong>and</strong> an explanation of how OA service<br />
arms use your donations, see the pamphlet, Self-Supporting the 60-30-<br />
10 Way.)<br />
If group members want to give more toward funding delegates,<br />
they may prefer to increase their donation to intergroup for a time or two<br />
rather than take extra collections. Group conscience can also decide<br />
whether or not to set aside a portion of the group’s funds for such<br />
purposes as buying gift copies of program literature.<br />
Babysitting is a personal expense <strong>and</strong> as such is excluded from the<br />
Seventh Tradition. Individual OAers may certainly give money to needy<br />
members on a private basis, but it should not be made part of the<br />
Seventh Tradition collection.<br />
— January 1991, reprinted from WSO Notebook, May/June 1982<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—ANNOUNCING NEED AT INTERGROUP<br />
MEETINGS<br />
• How do intergroup reps announce at their meetings that their<br />
intergroups need more than a one-dollar Seventh-Tradition<br />
contribution?<br />
<strong>It</strong> is difficult for a small intergroup to support the normal range of<br />
intergroup services, such as a hotline <strong>and</strong> newsletter, from a very small<br />
donation base. The best discussion of this is in the OA “Twelve <strong>and</strong><br />
Twelve,” pages 161 through 169. <strong>It</strong> may be helpful to list all intergroup<br />
expenses <strong>and</strong> show how much each group needs to contribute to pay for<br />
the services it receives. Groups gain new members because of the<br />
hotline. They have access to meeting lists because intergroups publish<br />
them. In addition, intergroups maintain <strong>and</strong> update group records. WSO<br />
maintains a database to help people find meetings. The annual<br />
98
Conference, which requires funding, makes OA’s global conscience<br />
possible.<br />
OA has 6,000 groups, <strong>and</strong> these groups must generate about<br />
$600,000 in contributions each year to support the work of the trustees<br />
<strong>and</strong> the WSO. This means each group needs to contribute an average of<br />
$2 per week to the WSO just to keep OA going.<br />
In another example, one intergroup has an annual budget of<br />
$2,400 for 30 groups, which means each group must donate an average<br />
of $80 per year through group or individual donations at special events to<br />
keep the intergroup solvent. Explaining the numbers may help group<br />
members discover if they are getting a free ride, <strong>and</strong> if so, from where:<br />
intergroup, region or WSO.<br />
— September 2005<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—CONTRIBUTIONS<br />
• Must a registered group contribute regularly to its intergroup?<br />
What can an intergroup do if a local group refuses to support it<br />
financially because the local group disagrees with the way the<br />
intergroup is run?<br />
No person <strong>and</strong> no group must contribute to OA. Tradition Three<br />
makes that clear: “The only requirement for OA membership is a desire<br />
to stop eating compulsively.” Some groups do not contribute to their<br />
intergroups or to World Service for various reasons, yet they are<br />
registered <strong>and</strong> listed as OA groups. <strong>It</strong> is unfortunate that this particular<br />
group does not contribute to its intergroup because it disagrees with the<br />
way the intergroup is run. Perhaps members who participate in intergroup<br />
could attend a business meeting of this group <strong>and</strong> encourage open<br />
discussion about intergroup activities. Misconceptions can usually be<br />
cleared up with direct communication. If the group does not participate in<br />
intergroup, invite them to send a member to represent them <strong>and</strong> assume<br />
some responsibility for running the intergroup.<br />
<strong>It</strong> is doubtful that a group that deliberately withholds contributions<br />
from its intergroup is practicing the Seventh Tradition, <strong>and</strong> their actions<br />
could prevent the intergroup from helping compulsive overeaters who still<br />
suffer. OA might wish to invite your regional trustee or a regional officer<br />
to hold a Service <strong>and</strong> Traditions Workshop in your area.<br />
— January 2002<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—FREE RENT<br />
• The church where our group meets does not charge rent for use<br />
of the meeting room. Some of our members feel it’s okay to<br />
accept the rent-free arrangement as long as we’ve offered to pay,<br />
99
ut others believe it’s a serious violation of Tradition Seven. We<br />
haven’t been able to find any guidelines on this subject.<br />
In many communities, churches <strong>and</strong> other institutions traditionally<br />
offer free use of meeting space to nonprofit organizations. For Twelve-<br />
Step groups such as OA, however, acceptance of any outside offering is<br />
considered a breach of the Seventh Tradition.<br />
With that principle in mind, many OA groups have looked for other<br />
ways to compensate their generous l<strong>and</strong>lords. Some groups provide<br />
“janitor service,” appointing a clean-up committee to leave the meeting<br />
room <strong>and</strong> any adjacent washrooms sparkling clean after the meeting.<br />
That, obviously, is a service that cuts the institution’s maintenance costs.<br />
Another alternative is to contribute regularly to any employee<br />
welfare fund or other program operated for the benefit of the facility.<br />
A number of groups report that a solution was found after<br />
discussing the matter with the person in charge of the institution’s public<br />
relations. A surprising number of nonprogram people are familiar with the<br />
Twelve Traditions, <strong>and</strong> many administrators, especially, have dealt with<br />
similar situations. So don’t hesitate to ask. An explanation of Tradition<br />
Seven has never yet failed to make a good impression.<br />
— October 1991, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />
September/October 1987<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—MEETING IN HOME<br />
• If we have a weekly OA meeting in a member’s home, is it a<br />
break of Tradition Seven not to pay the member some money for<br />
the use of her home? What do we do if she refuses to take the<br />
money?<br />
Many meetings may start up in one person’s home; however, when<br />
the group begins to grow, a public meeting place should be sought.<br />
Tradition Seven clearly states we may become too dependent on this<br />
person’s generosity <strong>and</strong> become less than free ourselves. The need to<br />
maintain good relations with the donor could divert attention from our<br />
primary purpose. This could also result in the donor expecting to have a<br />
greater voice in the group’s decisions. The group may vote upon the<br />
matter of money, <strong>and</strong> if the donor does not wish to accept payment, the<br />
group may donate it to the intergroup, region <strong>and</strong> World Service in honor<br />
of her recovery.<br />
— December 2000<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—PHOTOCOPYING<br />
• Some OA members do OA-related photocopying at work. <strong>It</strong><br />
seems to me that this is in violation of Tradition Seven. Is it?<br />
100
Yes, performing OA-related photocopying at work without paying<br />
for it is a violation of the Seventh Tradition because it constitutes an<br />
outside donation.<br />
The guiding principles of the Twelve Traditions came directly out of<br />
the experiences of the early AAs. Regarding money, a number of<br />
approaches were tried. In the early years, several people befriended AA<br />
with gifts of property <strong>and</strong> money. But AA learned that accepting outside<br />
donations had two essential drawbacks: individual AAs were less inclined<br />
to financially support the organization, <strong>and</strong> outside contributions<br />
sometimes resulted in outside interference.<br />
Then it was thought that no money in the AA treasury would<br />
eliminate all problems. But it was soon apparent that no money meant<br />
that AA couldn’t provide the basic services needed by alcoholics looking to<br />
get sober.<br />
These experiences led to the development of Tradition Seven, which<br />
places responsibility for the organization in the h<strong>and</strong>s of each individual<br />
member <strong>and</strong> group.<br />
The total monetary figure amassed by your example may seem<br />
insignificant; but according to the Seventh Tradition, the same principles<br />
apply to it as to the offer of a large donation. Even if an employer<br />
consents, Tradition Seven enjoins us as OA members to make some<br />
financial compensation to that employer.<br />
— April 1991, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, January/February<br />
1989<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—TREASURER’S REPORT<br />
• The person who started our meeting is a likeable, hardworking<br />
OA who sponsors most of us <strong>and</strong> rarely says no to any service<br />
request or plea for help. This same individual, however, has never<br />
given an accounting of the money received in our weekly Seventh-<br />
Tradition collection. We hesitate to bring the matter up because,<br />
for all we know, the money may be going to all the right places. Is<br />
there a tactful way to h<strong>and</strong>le this?<br />
Experiences such as yours are not uncommon, especially among<br />
newer groups in isolated areas. One suggestion is to present your<br />
treasurer with a copy of the Group [Meeting] Record Book, available from<br />
WSO for $2.50. Another OA publication concerned membership will find<br />
useful is the Group H<strong>and</strong>book [OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong><br />
Intergroups], which suggests that an accounting of group finances be<br />
made monthly.<br />
In cases where mish<strong>and</strong>ling or theft of funds is suspected, key<br />
members of the group should lose no time in asking for an explanation<br />
<strong>and</strong> relieving the person of any further financial responsibility.<br />
101
Money is a “sticky wicket” for most people, but no group can afford<br />
to ignore it.<br />
— October 1990, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />
November/December 1983<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—TREASURER’S REPORT AND RIGHT TO<br />
KNOW<br />
• What do we do when our treasurer never makes a treasurer’s<br />
report? Do group members have a right to know where their<br />
money goes?<br />
H<strong>and</strong>ling the money contributed at OA meetings is a weighty<br />
responsibility, to be sure. And, of course, group members should be<br />
informed as to how the group collections are disbursed.<br />
Fortunately, many potential problems can be avoided by taking care<br />
when electing your group treasurer.<br />
The OA Group H<strong>and</strong>book [OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong><br />
Intergroups] outlines the treasurer’s major tasks <strong>and</strong> responsibilities.<br />
Because this position carries some financial accountability, the<br />
“H<strong>and</strong>book” also suggests that it may be advisable for the treasurer to<br />
have six months of abstinence, a deep involvement in OA <strong>and</strong> familiarity<br />
with bank statements.<br />
In addition, it notes that “the treasurer usually keeps good, simple<br />
records <strong>and</strong> keeps the group informed about how much is taken in <strong>and</strong><br />
how it is spent.” A Group Meeting Record Book (available from WSO for<br />
$2.50) provides an easy format for keeping financial <strong>and</strong> other group<br />
records.<br />
If you haven’t heard a treasurer’s report in some time, it may have<br />
been an oversight. Perhaps at an upcoming meeting you can ask the<br />
treasurer to prepare a report for the following week, citing the suggestion<br />
in the OA Group H<strong>and</strong>book [OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong><br />
Intergroups].<br />
If the individual resists or if mish<strong>and</strong>ling or theft of funds is<br />
suspected, key group members should ask for an explanation <strong>and</strong>, if<br />
necessary, relieve the person of any further financial responsibility.<br />
— February 1991, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />
January/February 1988<br />
SEVENTH TRADITION—TWO DOLLAR DONATION<br />
• With our $2 suggested donation, are we not really imposing an<br />
unofficial fee on our newcomers?<br />
Editor’s Note: The following exchange between an OA member <strong>and</strong><br />
the Treasurer of OA’s Board of Trustees concerns WSO’s Suggested<br />
102
Meeting Format, which provides a statement regarding the Seventh<br />
Tradition to be read at meetings. “The financial support of OA is our<br />
responsibility as members of the Fellowship,” it says, “starting with the<br />
first meeting at which we acknowledge ourselves to be compulsive<br />
overeaters. A suggested donation of $2 or more by each member will<br />
help ensure that not only are the group expenses of rent <strong>and</strong> literature<br />
met, but that there are funds to support the work carried out by our<br />
intergroup, region <strong>and</strong> World Service Office. While we recognize that<br />
there are those among us who may be experiencing financial struggles,<br />
we also acknowledge that we have the responsibility to do what we can,<br />
when we can, giving back some of the help we have been given in OA.”<br />
QUESTION: I am an old-timer in the program (16 years), <strong>and</strong> I am<br />
concerned with how the new Seventh-Tradition policy in our meeting<br />
format will affect newcomers to OA. They are the lifeblood of our<br />
program, <strong>and</strong> without them we wither <strong>and</strong> die. They come to us feeling<br />
depressed <strong>and</strong> alone, often rejected by friends, family <strong>and</strong> society. They<br />
have been the prey of many kinds of financial scams devised to feed on<br />
their weight <strong>and</strong> eating problems. We welcome them saying, “You are not<br />
alone anymore,” <strong>and</strong> “There are no dues or fees for membership.”<br />
My heart leaps when I see their faint smiles appear when we say,<br />
“Newcomers are asked not to contribute, but to buy literature instead, if<br />
they wish.” For the first time in their overeating careers, they are in a<br />
group of fellow sufferers who know how they feel, <strong>and</strong> who are not out to<br />
take advantage of them. I never feel more proud of being an OA member<br />
than at those moments.<br />
The new Suggested Meeting Format has changed all that for me.<br />
Our trusted servants have discovered that the guilt <strong>and</strong> insecurity<br />
newcomers bring to OA are a previously untapped financial resource.<br />
They forget that the other qualities newcomers bring to the Fellowship<br />
are an exceptional brightness <strong>and</strong> emotional sensitivity. These<br />
newcomers realize, as I do, that this seemingly innocuous addition to our<br />
meeting format concerning the Seventh Tradition contains not-so-subtle<br />
“shoulds” <strong>and</strong> “musts” about money. And we wonder why some<br />
newcomers <strong>and</strong> old-timers don’t return?<br />
There are many OA meetings each day in my area. <strong>It</strong> has been<br />
common for members to gain or reinforce their program by attending 30<br />
meetings in 30 days. Now we have placed an unofficial price tag of $60<br />
on their recovery. Some members have told me that they attend fewer<br />
meetings because they can’t always contribute to the Seventh-Tradition<br />
basket. If they can’t spare a buck or two, often they just don’t show up.<br />
If OA fails, it won’t be for lack of money. We will fail because<br />
members drop out when they don’t feel as welcome as they once did.<br />
Money <strong>and</strong> property <strong>and</strong> prestige must never take precedence over<br />
103
another’s welfare. We must trust in a Higher Power who will always meet<br />
our financial needs.<br />
I cannot speak for others, but the more that is dem<strong>and</strong>ed of me<br />
through guilt <strong>and</strong> coercion, the less I am willing to give. That goes for<br />
money or love or anything else.<br />
RESPONSE: The topic of the Seventh Tradition has always been a<br />
contentious one for old-timers <strong>and</strong> newcomers alike. Many members have<br />
tried more costly methods to control their compulsive eating: weight-loss<br />
clinics, shots, diet pills, health clubs, etc. Because of the Twelve<br />
Traditions, the Fellowship must look to its members for support.<br />
I was on the Board of Trustees when the new Suggested Meeting<br />
Format was approved; however, the changes regarding the $2 suggested<br />
donation came about from the Finance Committee at the World Service<br />
Business Conference in the early 1990s. The Twelfth-Step-Within<br />
Committee made major revisions to the Suggested Meeting Format, <strong>and</strong><br />
suggested the wording regarding the Seventh Tradition. Both of these<br />
committees—independent of one another—realized the importance of the<br />
newcomer. But they also understood that if a meeting does not collect<br />
enough money to pay expenses, the meeting will fold, <strong>and</strong> the OA<br />
message of recovery will not be available to newcomers <strong>and</strong> old-timers<br />
alike. These particular committees, part of the WSBC, are composed of<br />
grass-roots members from all over the world <strong>and</strong> provide the broadest<br />
possible group conscience in OA; they made these suggestions in OA’s<br />
best interest. Like you, the committee members realize the importance of<br />
newcomers <strong>and</strong> of the group’s financial responsibility to all OA members.<br />
I believe OA does not play on the guilt <strong>and</strong> insecurity of<br />
newcomers, but begins to instill in them a sense of responsibility. On<br />
page 165 of The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>, it states, “As soon as possible, OA groups need to pay their<br />
share of the costs for the services they receive from other OA service<br />
bodies. The same principle applies to individuals in OA. Even those of us<br />
experiencing financial struggles find we need to make some contribution<br />
to our OA meetings. For many of us, our willingness to pay our own way<br />
is a sign that we are recovering <strong>and</strong> maturing emotionally.”<br />
The Suggested Meeting Format asks us to contribute only at “the<br />
first meeting at which we acknowledge ourselves to be compulsive<br />
overeaters.” Newcomers may not decide to do this at their first meetings.<br />
The $2 is only a suggestion; the statement acknowledges “that there are<br />
those who may be experiencing financial struggles.”<br />
Despite your fear of losing newcomers, meetings all over the world<br />
have used this format without any of the negative effects you discussed<br />
in your letter. This statement in the Suggested Meeting Format has been<br />
a boon to some struggling meetings. Meetings that were once on the<br />
104
ink of collapse are now experiencing good attendance <strong>and</strong> financial<br />
stability. I have found that once OA members are aware of where their<br />
money is going, they are willing to share their financial resources with the<br />
Fellowship as a whole.<br />
When newcomers attend a meeting, they see no scales, no fee<br />
structure, no dues. But we all have the responsibility to carry the<br />
message, which we can only do through physical <strong>and</strong> monetary footwork.<br />
Some newcomers may not find OA because of lack of funds, due to the<br />
fact that groups are unable to support the service bodies that assure the<br />
OA name remains visible to the public. This idea of being self-supporting<br />
is exceptional; we will never know how many new members actually<br />
begin to feel a part of the organization because they can make the choice<br />
to contribute whatever they can afford.<br />
The Board of Trustees is made up of members of the Fellowship,<br />
like you. I can wholeheartedly assure you that the Board members do not<br />
see newcomers as a “previously untapped financial resource.” We see<br />
newcomers as the lifeblood of the organization, who, as they recover,<br />
become an asset in spreading the message of recovery to those who still<br />
suffer.<br />
Michael K., Treasurer, OA Inc.<br />
— August 1996<br />
SLIP VERSUS RELAPSE<br />
• What is the difference between a slip <strong>and</strong> a relapse?<br />
Since OA’s policy allows each member to define his or her own<br />
abstinence, it would seem consistent to do the same with slip <strong>and</strong><br />
relapse. The following contains an example:<br />
“OA Bylaws, Subpart B, Section 4, [Trustee] Qualifications: c) 2)<br />
Continual recovery including abstinence <strong>and</strong> maintenance of a healthy<br />
body weight throughout the entire term(s) of office. Each person shall be<br />
the judge of his or her own recovery including abstinence <strong>and</strong><br />
maintenance of a healthy body weight.”<br />
Both “slip” <strong>and</strong> “relapse” describe a “deviation” from a recovery<br />
path, to use a board member’s word. Another board member referred to<br />
slips as behaviors that could lead to relapse. A surprising number of OA<br />
members share that they regained all of their lost weight while abstinent.<br />
In an August 2004 <strong>Lifeline</strong> article entitled “Photo Fact” (p. 5), the<br />
writer’s “occasional ‘slips’” kept her 60 pounds (27 kg) overweight for<br />
eight out of her 12 years in OA while she proclaimed abstinence. She had<br />
lost 190 (86 kg) pounds but was unwilling to reduce her food intake to<br />
release the remaining weight that her doctor recommended. Finally, a<br />
photo of herself confirmed she was “still fat,” <strong>and</strong> she wrote the article for<br />
<strong>Lifeline</strong> to describe how the awakening process shocked her.<br />
105
What does this have to do with the question about the OA definition<br />
of “slip” <strong>and</strong> “relapse”? Perhaps a slip is a smaller deviation from recovery<br />
than a relapse, judged by the individual OA member.<br />
— October 2005<br />
SPEAKERS LIST<br />
• Our intergroup is planning a retreat <strong>and</strong> would like to know if<br />
WSO keeps a list of approved leaders <strong>and</strong> speakers for OA events.<br />
If not, how do we go about choosing one?<br />
The World Service Office does not maintain a list of “approved”<br />
speakers. One suggestion is to ask your intergroup or regional office for<br />
references. Another plan might be to ask members attending retreats <strong>and</strong><br />
workshops elsewhere to get the names <strong>and</strong> contact numbers of speakers<br />
they found valuable.<br />
In our OA literature, however, we do have a set of guidelines<br />
available to service bodies who are planning OA events. Guidelines for OA<br />
Events details a few things to keep in mind when choosing speakers <strong>and</strong><br />
organizing your event:<br />
• Paying a speaker a fee beyond reimbursement for travel, food <strong>and</strong><br />
lodging is a violation of our Traditions.<br />
• Avoid putting speakers on a pedestal, keeping in mind our<br />
Tradition of placing “principles before personalities.” The 1990 World<br />
Service Business Conference passed a motion suggesting that groups<br />
refrain from publishing the names of speakers on flyers or other<br />
advertisements.<br />
• If you ask OA members who work professionally in the field of<br />
eating disorder treatment or who are members of other Twelve-Step<br />
programs, advise them to speak only from their OA recovery experience.<br />
This avoids confusion about what the OA program is <strong>and</strong> also avoids an<br />
implied endorsement of outside enterprises.<br />
• Let prospective speakers know they cannot sell their own<br />
literature, tapes or other products at an OA event.<br />
• Take topics from OA <strong>and</strong> AA literature.<br />
• The group sponsoring the event determines the eligibility<br />
requirements for speakers. <strong>It</strong> is a good idea to discuss abstinence<br />
requirements with potential speakers before the person is invited to<br />
participate in the event.<br />
• Speakers should share from their personal experience as<br />
recovering compulsive overeaters in OA.<br />
• Do not hesitate to ask invited speakers <strong>and</strong> leaders what they<br />
plan to do at the event, <strong>and</strong> give them specific guidance on what types of<br />
activities you want <strong>and</strong> do not want.<br />
106
<strong>It</strong> is important for your planning committee to establish a clear<br />
underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the conduct expected of invited leaders. This will help to<br />
ensure that speakers at your events possess the experience <strong>and</strong> maturity<br />
that would best benefit the Fellowship as a whole.<br />
— November 1997<br />
SPIRITUALITY<br />
• What is the spiritual aspect of anonymity?<br />
“To be anonymous in OA means to be one among many, to accept<br />
ourselves as no better or worse than our fellows. This acceptance places<br />
us in a state of humility. <strong>It</strong> makes us teachable” (Anonymity, p. 8).<br />
The spiritual basis of anonymity is humility. I take no pride in my<br />
recovery because God has given it to me through the program.<br />
Gratitude, not pride, will keep me well. Therefore, when speaking of<br />
my recovery experience to individuals or large groups, I describe my<br />
experience but claim no achievements. This puts the focus on the<br />
program rather than on me. <strong>It</strong> just happens that at that moment I am the<br />
person whose victory over difficulties can demonstrate the power, the<br />
love <strong>and</strong> the way of life of God.<br />
If speaking of my recovery in the public media, again I am only a<br />
vessel through which the power of the program can be demonstrated.<br />
The focus must be away from me <strong>and</strong> onto OA. I should not be<br />
recognizable. My practice of anonymity <strong>and</strong> humility may make OA<br />
famous—not me.<br />
Anonymity has another spiritual aspect. Anything I say in an OA<br />
meeting, to my sponsor or to any OA member is heard compassionately<br />
<strong>and</strong> is not repeated. I may do something generous or something cruel.<br />
Whatever I do, those who receive my actions will not tell others what I<br />
did. This care of my anonymity leaves me free to face <strong>and</strong> assess my<br />
words <strong>and</strong> actions without the distorting fear of what others may think of<br />
me.<br />
The converse of that is my responsibility: to similarly guard your<br />
anonymity.<br />
“Anonymity—the feeling that ‘I am nothing special’—is of<br />
tremendous value in maintaining abstinence. <strong>It</strong> fosters humility <strong>and</strong> thus<br />
guards against reemergence of that blind self-will that leads to the<br />
compulsion to overeat. This kind of anonymity is truly our most precious<br />
possession” (Anonymity, p. 9).<br />
— March 2004<br />
SPLINTER GROUPS<br />
107
• Is it a break of Traditions to mention splinter groups in personal<br />
sharing? Are splinter groups part of OA? Can you explain why<br />
splinter groups are not considered OA groups <strong>and</strong> should not be<br />
announced at meetings?<br />
Tradition Ten teaches us to focus on OA recovery only. Groups that<br />
have requirements for sharing, specific definitions of abstinence or a<br />
requirement of abstinence for membership are not practicing OA’s policies<br />
<strong>and</strong> bylaws; therefore, they are not OA groups. Announcing these groups<br />
at OA meetings would be bringing an outside issue into the meeting. To<br />
help keep the message clear for the newcomer, we must adhere to the<br />
philosophy that “only OA is spoken here.”<br />
— May 2000<br />
SPONSORS—A DEFINITION OF<br />
• We have looked in the literature for a definition of a sponsor but<br />
haven’t been able to locate one. Are there different types of<br />
sponsors? Must they meet certain qualifications?<br />
In regard to sponsorship (as with most things in OA), there are no<br />
hard <strong>and</strong> fast rules or definitions. <strong>It</strong> is generally understood that a<br />
sponsor is an individual who helps guide a less-experienced member<br />
through the Twelve-Step program. In the pamphlet, A Commitment to<br />
Abstinence, it says, “A sponsor’s primary function is to share her or his<br />
experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope with you, answer your questions, listen as<br />
you discuss your feelings <strong>and</strong> guide you in underst<strong>and</strong>ing the Steps.”<br />
Some members may want extra support with the physical aspect of<br />
recovery. They often find it helpful to commit their daily food plan to their<br />
sponsor or another OA member. But as the pamphlet explains, “Calling in<br />
your food plan is by no means a ‘must.’” Some OAers discuss their<br />
program of recovery, including food, with their sponsor.<br />
There are no specific qualifications for sponsorship in OA. Naturally,<br />
it is more beneficial to work with a sponsor who is committed to<br />
abstinence <strong>and</strong> to working the Steps. When looking for a sponsor, the<br />
pamphlet Tools of Recovery suggest members keep in mind that<br />
“sponsors share their program up to the level of their own experience . . .<br />
find a sponsor who has what you want <strong>and</strong> ask how it was achieved.<br />
— August 1992, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, May/June 1988<br />
SPONSORS—ANONYMITY OF<br />
• Why is it inappropriate to say who your sponsor is?<br />
Tradition Twelve tells us: “Anonymity is the spiritual foundation of<br />
all these Traditions, ever reminding us to place principles before<br />
personalities.” In keeping with this Tradition, one is led to share his or her<br />
108
sponsor’s message. In the scheme of things, the messenger is less<br />
important than the message. The OA program encourages us to elevate<br />
the recovery message, not the carrier of the message by identifying the<br />
carrier. Because of personal challenges or other program considerations,<br />
a sponsor may end up being a temporary link in carrying the message.<br />
The permanent link is the message.<br />
The sponsor is humble in asking that his or her name not be<br />
shared. The sponsoree then focuses on the message, not the messenger,<br />
increasing his or her chances of being okay while experiencing the<br />
recovery journey.<br />
— August 2006<br />
SPONSORS—FOR YOUNG PEOPLE<br />
• There is a new teen OA member who has been attending my<br />
home group. I’ve thought of offering to be her sponsor, but I’m<br />
hesitant. Are there any suggestions for sponsoring young OA<br />
members?<br />
As our pamphlet A Guide For Sponsors says about sponsoring in<br />
general, “Attitude is important.” Attitude is probably even more important<br />
in a relationship between an adult sponsor <strong>and</strong> a teen sponsoree. Every<br />
newcomer to OA is looking for someone who underst<strong>and</strong>s his or her<br />
feelings <strong>and</strong> experiences regarding food, weight <strong>and</strong> the despair of being<br />
unable to stop eating compulsively. Teens need such compassionate<br />
friends, too. But they also need sponsors who can relate to the particular<br />
issues of being an adolescent with this disease.<br />
According to a Gallup survey, 63 percent of OA members were<br />
under the age of 18 when they began to have problems with food in their<br />
lives. If you are among those members whose disease began in their<br />
childhood or adolescence, sharing your experience as a young overeater<br />
could be a way for you to initiate contact with a young person in your<br />
group.<br />
There is no specific suggested method for sponsoring young people,<br />
but members have found a few ideas that are helpful in relating to teen<br />
members.<br />
• Don’t talk down to a young person. A teen needs a respectful,<br />
trustworthy sponsor, not another parent.<br />
• Encourage young people to get involved with OA service—<br />
carrying out meeting responsibilities, reaching out to other teens, making<br />
phone calls <strong>and</strong> sponsoring other young people.<br />
• Be reliable. Be available when you say you will be available.<br />
• Listen. A nonjudgmental ear could be just what a young person<br />
needs to feel safe enough to begin working the Steps.<br />
109
• Try not to have unrealistic expectations of your sponsoree. Young<br />
compulsive overeaters come <strong>and</strong> go, but they will not forget OA.<br />
• As with any sponsoring relationship, focusing your discussions on<br />
the OA program—the Steps, the tools <strong>and</strong> spirituality—will most benefit<br />
you <strong>and</strong> your sponsoree.<br />
If your group would like to attract more young people, you could<br />
arrange talks for local high school students; list meetings in college<br />
newspapers; leave meeting lists <strong>and</strong> literature, with permission, at<br />
doctors’ <strong>and</strong> pediatricians’ offices; establish a “young people’s corner” in<br />
your intergroup newsletter; hold in-service meetings with school nurses<br />
<strong>and</strong> counselors; <strong>and</strong> host special retreats for young people.<br />
If you are successful in drawing young members to your meeting,<br />
you might want to suggest that your group set up a transportation<br />
coordinator, so that young people can get to your meeting consistently.<br />
You could also set up a teen meeting in the same building <strong>and</strong> at the<br />
same time as your regular meeting. Young people might be inclined to<br />
share more openly <strong>and</strong> honestly with each other than with other adults.<br />
Readers who have experience with sponsorship <strong>and</strong> young people<br />
may send articles to <strong>Lifeline</strong> for possible publication. For more information<br />
on sponsorship <strong>and</strong> working with young OA members, see A Guide for<br />
Sponsors, Young People’s Meeting Kit, Public Information Service Manual,<br />
To the Teen <strong>and</strong> A Guide to the Twelve Steps for You <strong>and</strong> Your Sponsor.<br />
— March 1997<br />
SPONSORS—NEED FOR<br />
• We have a shortage of people willing to sponsor in our area. Is<br />
this a widespread problem? How can we find more sponsors?<br />
Lack of sponsors is a problem in some areas. These suggestions<br />
may help you find more sponsors:<br />
1. Look outside your immediate area. Attend meetings of groups<br />
<strong>and</strong> intergroups, <strong>and</strong> go to marathons, retreats <strong>and</strong> conventions.<br />
<strong>Lifeline</strong>’s Datebook, your region newsletter or a region or intergroup Web<br />
site lists these events.<br />
2. [Program referenced no longer exists.]<br />
3. Contact your local intergroup about hosting a sponsorship<br />
marathon or workshop. Invite a panel of speakers to share their<br />
experience <strong>and</strong> answer questions from a “sponsorship ask-it basket,”<br />
where members ask questions anonymously. Read aloud from OA<br />
literature. You’ll find helpful information in these OA pamphlets: A Guide<br />
for Sponsors, The Tools of Recovery <strong>and</strong> A Guide to the Twelve Steps for<br />
You <strong>and</strong> Your Sponsor.<br />
4. Emphasize at meetings the importance of sponsorship. Recovery<br />
is essential to the strength of any meeting, <strong>and</strong> sponsorship is important<br />
110
for recovery. Sponsors share their experience <strong>and</strong> listen to sponsorees’<br />
experience. This supports mutual recovery on all three levels.<br />
5. Sponsor each other. Most beneficial is working with a sponsor<br />
committed to abstinence <strong>and</strong> experienced in working the Steps. While<br />
looking for a sponsor, you might partner with another member <strong>and</strong> begin<br />
working the Steps together in The Twelve-Step Workbook of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>. Before long, you <strong>and</strong> your partner will be able to share your<br />
experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope with others, answer their questions <strong>and</strong><br />
guide them in underst<strong>and</strong>ing the Steps. You’ll both be sponsors!<br />
— March 2002<br />
SPONSORS—NOT ABSTINENT<br />
• How does OA regard sponsors who are not abstinent? As an OA<br />
newcomer, I see many sponsors who have been members for<br />
years <strong>and</strong> are not abstinent. They may have on-<strong>and</strong>-off<br />
abstinence, but they have not reached or maintained an abstinent<br />
weight. For me that’s like an AA member with a sponsor who is<br />
drinking, a license to continue abusing while still feeling<br />
righteous.<br />
Judging someone by body size is not advisable. Some members of<br />
the Fellowship have severely damaged their bodies <strong>and</strong> may never look<br />
svelte. The Big Book speaks of a sponsor being a guide. <strong>It</strong> is difficult to<br />
imagine being helped down a path by someone blinded by the food. They<br />
lack clarity of direction.<br />
A person does not have to be at maintenance to sponsor another<br />
person. For most of us, being abstinent is an important criteria of being a<br />
sponsor, but it is not necessary to be at goal weight. If someone is<br />
sponsoring <strong>and</strong> working the Steps with a sponsoree, that sponsor can<br />
only give as far as the sponsor has proceeded. Certainly, one can help<br />
another with the first three Steps while not having done all Twelve Steps.<br />
One can also help as a sponsor without having reached an abstinent<br />
weight. Being abstinent <strong>and</strong> having reached maintenance are different<br />
things.<br />
OA has no official policy regarding abstinence requirements for<br />
sponsors. You may order an excellent pamphlet on sponsorship, A Guide<br />
for Sponsors, from the World Service Office. The Big Book is also a<br />
wonderful source. If you see someone suffering, speak to him or her <strong>and</strong><br />
do Twelve-Step work within OA. Speak to the person about his or her<br />
recovery. For someone not abstinent <strong>and</strong> struggling with the food, being<br />
a sponsor is not the best service position to take on; being a sponsoree<br />
is.<br />
— July 2004<br />
111
SPONSORS—PREPARING TO BE ONE<br />
• My home group is in desperate need of sponsors. Not one of us<br />
feels ready to sponsor, even those of us who have been members<br />
for two or three years. Is there anything we can do to prepare<br />
ourselves to sponsor others <strong>and</strong> to encourage those with OA<br />
experience to share it?<br />
<strong>It</strong> is important to realize that there is in no one, perfect way to<br />
sponsor. A sponsor is simply one OA member working with another to<br />
better underst<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> live the Twelve-Step program. There are as many<br />
different methods of sponsoring as there are OA members. The key to<br />
being a sponsor is to share one’s experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope as it<br />
relates to OA’s Twelve-Step program.<br />
If there are individuals in your group who have maintained any<br />
length of abstinence <strong>and</strong> are working the Twelve Steps, they have<br />
something to share. There is no graduation date when members<br />
magically become ready to sponsor. As we learn in OA, all progress is<br />
worth sharing.<br />
Occasionally intergroups hold workshops or marathons on the topic<br />
of sponsorship where selected speakers share their experience. You may<br />
want to contact your local intergroup or other area intergroups <strong>and</strong><br />
propose such an event. Additionally, you’ll find much helpful information<br />
in two OA pamphlets, A Guide to the Twelve Steps for You <strong>and</strong> Your<br />
Sponsor <strong>and</strong> The Tools of Recovery.<br />
— August 1991, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />
January/February 1991<br />
SPONSORS—PROPER ROLE<br />
• In my area there are whole OA communities where sponsors<br />
behave as if they have the right to run their sponsorees’ lives. I<br />
see this as a dangerous tendency, undermining the newcomer’s<br />
independence. What is the proper role of a sponsor?<br />
The concept <strong>and</strong> practice of sponsorship is as old as the OA<br />
Fellowship itself—as inherited from our predecessor, Alcoholics<br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>—<strong>and</strong> has grown <strong>and</strong> changed over the years.<br />
As with the tool of abstinence, there is no official OA policy on<br />
methods of sponsorship, although certain guidelines are suggested in our<br />
pamphlets. A Guide for Sponsors states that, “Styles of sponsorship vary<br />
from person to person. We are each free to approach it in our own way.”<br />
This pamphlet discusses the tendencies of some newcomers to place a<br />
sponsor on a pedestal, looking to this one person as the sole source of<br />
advice <strong>and</strong> guidance. In such instances, the recommendation for sponsors<br />
is simple: “Examine your own expectations . . . Just as a sponsor is not<br />
112
esponsible for the sponsoree’s disease, neither are we responsible for<br />
her or his recovery.”<br />
Early OA literature that mentions sponsorship reveals an attitude of<br />
some condescension toward the newcomer, which may be reflected today<br />
among some members in our Fellowship. A 1973 guideline for sponsors<br />
found in the OA archives (origin unknown) refers to sponsorees as<br />
“babies.” Surely their intentions were appropriate, though: “Our attitude<br />
as sponsors should be firm, loving, guiding. We are not psychologists, we<br />
are not God, we are only channels of recovery.”<br />
If you are experiencing problems with sponsorship in your area,<br />
your group or intergroup could hold special meetings <strong>and</strong> workshops to<br />
discuss this topic. Reading from OA literature <strong>and</strong> passing a “sponsorship<br />
ask-it basket” (where members can ask questions anonymously) will keep<br />
discussion focused. If you feel that the problem is too deeply entrenched<br />
to be solved within your own intergroup, ask for help from the region.<br />
Perhaps members who are not involved in personal conflicts could more<br />
easily bring their positive experience as sponsors to your group.<br />
Sponsorship is a vital aspect of our Fellowship in OA. How each<br />
member conducts the sponsor relationship, as with any other<br />
relationship, is ultimately up to the individual <strong>and</strong> her or his Higher<br />
Power.<br />
— June 1995<br />
SPONSORS—SPONSORING OPPOSITE SEX AND THIRTEENTH<br />
STEPPING<br />
• For some time now we’ve been hearing about the problems that<br />
arise when OAers cross sex boundaries in sponsoring. Now it has<br />
happened in our group, with devastating consequences for one of<br />
our members. Please explain the unwritten tradition, observed in<br />
Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong> <strong>and</strong> all the anonymous fellowships, that<br />
men sponsor men <strong>and</strong> women sponsor women.<br />
First, it is important to underst<strong>and</strong> that great care must be taken in<br />
choosing a sponsor, even when we observe the rule of considering only<br />
persons of our own sex. Practice of the Twelve-Step program calls for<br />
openness <strong>and</strong> honesty in digging out our defects <strong>and</strong> wrongdoings <strong>and</strong><br />
holding them up to the light. We need the help of someone, generally a<br />
sponsor, whom we can trust with our most intimate confidences.<br />
When we choose a sponsor of the opposite sex, we burden both<br />
ourselves <strong>and</strong> our sponsor with an extraneous <strong>and</strong> potentially explosive<br />
element: the possibility of sexual attraction. When that attraction is acted<br />
upon, it is called “thirteenth stepping,” a practice that can, <strong>and</strong> often<br />
does, undermine much of our progress in the program.<br />
113
Male or female, we need to take responsibility for our own actions<br />
within the Fellowship as well as in other areas of our lives. A good place<br />
to begin is in seeking a sponsor who is a member of our own sex.<br />
— August 1989, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />
January/February 1984<br />
SPONSORS—SPONSORS ONLINE<br />
• Is it possible to get a sponsor just by attending online<br />
meetings?<br />
Having an online sponsor is very common among us online people.<br />
My sponsor is an online one in a different continent, <strong>and</strong> I have two<br />
sponsorees who are solely online <strong>and</strong> another two whom I met face-toface,<br />
but we communicate a lot by email.<br />
There are several online groups, <strong>and</strong> many maintain lists of people<br />
willing to be online sponsors. They also maintain phone lists of people<br />
willing to take calls from other compulsive overeaters. Just as in face-toface<br />
meetings, I encourage online members to ask prospective sponsors<br />
if they have the recovery the members want, rather than just select a<br />
name from a list. When members go to online meetings regularly, they<br />
hear different people share <strong>and</strong> get to know them. Members who are<br />
familiar with the online world would probably feel at home with the many<br />
email loops, be able to get to know people online <strong>and</strong> then find the sort of<br />
people who would be good sponsors.<br />
Some online groups maintain a Web site with lists of online<br />
meetings, <strong>and</strong> the OA Web site offers a list of online meetings. Go to<br />
www.oa.org/online_meetings.html.<br />
— June 2006<br />
SPONSORS—TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS ABSTINENCE REQUIREMENT<br />
FOR SPONSORSHIP AND SERVICE<br />
• Some OAers place special significance on 21 days of abstinence,<br />
even making it a requirement for service— especially sponsorship.<br />
Did this originate out of WSO? Is it a requirement for<br />
sponsorship?<br />
Rozanne S., OA’s founder, describes the origin of this attitude in a<br />
January 1978 <strong>Lifeline</strong> article.<br />
“How did the concept of ‘21 days’ come to such estate, one of my<br />
listeners wanted to know. A logical question deserves a like answer: a<br />
certain book, it was discovered by one of our tireless early servants,<br />
suggested that it took 21 days to break a habit. So, we were off <strong>and</strong><br />
114
unning with another ritual. Some groups declared that you had to ‘make’<br />
21 days even to be a member!”<br />
There is plenty of service to be done by all OAers, even newcomers.<br />
There are no specific rules for sponsorship, though it is suggested that we<br />
sponsor only up to the level of our own experience. One thing we might<br />
remember is that alcoholics are encouraged to help those who still suffer,<br />
starting with their first day of sobriety.<br />
Newcomers are usually advised to seek as a sponsor someone who<br />
has what they want. For most people, this is abstinence, but we would do<br />
well to look also for the qualities that indicate spiritual awakening: a<br />
sense of harmony with oneself <strong>and</strong> the world, humility <strong>and</strong> a loving<br />
attitude.<br />
— June 1993 <strong>and</strong> September 1989<br />
STEPS—CHANGE WORD “GOD” IN STEPS AND TRADITIONS<br />
• Is it a Tradition break to change the wording for God in the<br />
Steps <strong>and</strong> Traditions so it is not gender-specific, as in “God as we<br />
underst<strong>and</strong> God”?<br />
Nothing in the Twelve Traditions addresses changing the wording of<br />
the Twelve Steps. However, the Bylaws of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> Inc.<br />
(available on www.oa.org/intergroup_region_support.html) do address<br />
this issue. Page 21, Article XIV, Section 1 says: “e) Amendments to<br />
Article I (Twelve Steps) <strong>and</strong> Article II (Twelve Traditions) of Subpart B of<br />
these bylaws may only be adopted if, in addition to d) above, they are<br />
ratified by three-fourths of the registered <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> groups<br />
responding within six months of notification, provided at least fifty-five<br />
percent of the registered groups have responded.”<br />
Intergroups must also have bylaws that conform to OA Inc. bylaws.<br />
Therefore, a single intergroup or meeting cannot modify these items.<br />
Conforming intergroup bylaws state that the Steps, Traditions <strong>and</strong><br />
Concepts are not amendable by the intergroup. Changing the Steps orally<br />
or in writing violates the bylaws under which OA operates.<br />
Changing the Steps causes much concern, bordering on fear. While<br />
we are a separate Fellowship, it sometimes helps to read what the early<br />
members of AA wrote about such things. On page 81 in Alcoholics<br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong> Comes of Age, they tell the story about Buddhists in Thail<strong>and</strong><br />
who felt the Twelve Steps would be more acceptable to their alcoholics if<br />
“God” was replaced by “good” since they did not underst<strong>and</strong> God as the<br />
western members did. Then it says, “To some of us, the idea of<br />
substituting ‘good’ for ‘God’ in the Twelve Steps may seem like a watering<br />
down of A.A.’s message. But here we must remember that A.A.’s Steps<br />
are suggestions only. A belief in them as they st<strong>and</strong> is not at all a<br />
requirement for membership among us. This liberty has made A.A.<br />
115
available to thous<strong>and</strong>s who never would have tried at all had we insisted<br />
on the Twelve Steps just as written. But changes in them seldom last; the<br />
original version usually wins out.”<br />
We have an example of the original version winning out in OA’s<br />
history book, Beyond Our Wildest Dreams, written by OA’s cofounder. You<br />
will discover our cofounder initially modified the Steps by removing all<br />
mention of God. This did not last, of course. Some members would<br />
modify the Steps, such as by replacing “Him” with “God” when reading<br />
them in meetings. As they progressed in recovery, they realized it was<br />
not a big deal <strong>and</strong> today read them as they are written.<br />
— August 2005<br />
STEPS—CHANGE WORD “HE” TO “HE OR SHE”<br />
• Our group would like to know if we have the authority to change<br />
the “he” to “he or she” in OA’s Twelve Steps, Twelve Traditions<br />
<strong>and</strong> other OA literature?<br />
Our Twelve Steps specifically state: “God as you underst<strong>and</strong> Him.”<br />
One of the greatest freedoms in OA is that we each get to choose our own<br />
conception of a Higher Power. That being the case, you can make your<br />
Higher Power whatever gender you please, or genderless for that matter.<br />
However, our Twelve Steps are adapted from AA’s Twelve Steps<br />
<strong>and</strong> are copyrighted as such. Although you are free to change the<br />
wording in your personal recovery, the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />
Traditions cannot be altered by any group, meeting or service body.<br />
If you read some of our literature (The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />
Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>), you will find that throughout the<br />
book references are made to “God as you underst<strong>and</strong> God” or “Power<br />
greater than ourselves.”<br />
Most people have found it fairly simple to use their personal<br />
conception <strong>and</strong> wording when referring to “God,” <strong>and</strong> that seems to work.<br />
— May 1999<br />
STEPS—STEP PRINCIPLES<br />
• What are the Step Principles, <strong>and</strong> where can I read about them?<br />
Many people ask this same question regarding the Twelfth Step<br />
where it says, “<strong>and</strong> to practice these principles in all our affairs.” The<br />
principles referred to in this Step are implied throughout the Step<br />
chapters in The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong> <strong>and</strong> are explained on pages 103 through 106. The principles<br />
are the practical, functional way in which the Steps can be practiced in<br />
our daily lives. The corresponding principles for each Step are honesty for<br />
Step One, hope for Step Two, faith for Step Three, courage for Step Four,<br />
116
integrity for Step Five, willingness for Step Six, humility for Step Seven,<br />
self-discipline for Step Eight, love for Step Nine, perseverance for Step<br />
Ten, spiritual awareness for Step Eleven <strong>and</strong> service for Step Twelve.<br />
Discussion of these principles is an excellent workshop, meeting or<br />
retreat activity.<br />
— July 2001<br />
• What are the Step Principles, <strong>and</strong> where can I read more about<br />
them?<br />
Step Twelve refers to the principles of the program: “Having had a<br />
spiritual awakening as the result of these Steps, we tried to carry this<br />
message to compulsive overeaters <strong>and</strong> to practice these principles in all<br />
our affairs.” Our book, The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, asks a similar question on page 103 <strong>and</strong> answers<br />
it by aligning a principle with each Step.<br />
Step One teaches us the principle of honesty. In Step Two we learn<br />
hope, <strong>and</strong> in Step Three we learn faith. Steps Four <strong>and</strong> Five teach us<br />
courage <strong>and</strong> integrity, Step Six teaches us willingness, Step Seven<br />
teaches humility, <strong>and</strong> Steps Eight <strong>and</strong> Nine teach self-discipline <strong>and</strong> love.<br />
In working Step Ten, we learn perseverance <strong>and</strong> in Step Eleven, spiritual<br />
awareness. Service is the underlying principle of Step Twelve.<br />
The book goes on to say that those who work the Steps “have<br />
embarked on a lifelong journey of spiritual growth” <strong>and</strong> use “the great<br />
spiritual principles embodied in the twelve steps as the map to guide our<br />
way” (p. 106).<br />
— March/April 2006<br />
STEPS—STEP-STUDY GROUP<br />
• The idea of a Step-study group has always attracted me. What<br />
does a Step-study group do? How would a meeting go?<br />
Groups can use several methods to conduct a Step-study meeting.<br />
The Suggested Meeting Format, available from the World Service Office,<br />
includes a Step-study segment. Here a group would use the regular<br />
meeting format <strong>and</strong> select a Step as the reading <strong>and</strong> the sole focus of<br />
discussion. Other groups read the particular Step from the “OA Twelve<br />
<strong>and</strong> Twelve,” the “AA Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” or both. They use the questions<br />
from the “Twelve-Step Workbook” as the basis of the discussion. They do<br />
this every week, or they do it by studying the Step of the month at the<br />
particular month’s meeting set aside for that purpose. Some groups use<br />
the workbook combined with the writing tool, reading the Step from the<br />
“OA Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve.” They then allow 20 minutes for writing answers<br />
to the questions <strong>and</strong> then more time for those who want to share their<br />
responses with the group.<br />
117
You can use any of these methods; your meeting’s group<br />
conscience would determine your choice. Many of the people who have<br />
attended Step-study meetings have found that such meetings enhanced<br />
their program with interesting <strong>and</strong> informative content. <strong>It</strong> works well for<br />
newcomers, as well as for OA veterans.<br />
— December 1999<br />
TELEPHONE ANSWERING SERVICE<br />
• Our intergroup is in the process of selecting a telephone<br />
answering system. Any suggestions?<br />
Most OA members will agree that the first call we made to an OA<br />
office listed in our local telephone directory was a crucial step in our<br />
recovery. Additionally, members returning to OA after a lapse in<br />
participation <strong>and</strong> regular members traveling to new areas often rely on<br />
the intergroup’s phone service to obtain up-to-date meeting information.<br />
Some intergroups staff their phones with OA members who provide<br />
program <strong>and</strong> meeting information. Others use a recorded message that<br />
announces intergroup office hours, meeting locations <strong>and</strong> contact people.<br />
This system can be designed to allow the callers to leave names <strong>and</strong><br />
numbers for a callback, if desired. And many intergroups rely on<br />
professional answering services to answer calls <strong>and</strong> provide meeting<br />
information in the absence of volunteers. <strong>It</strong> is helpful to provide<br />
employees of these services with a contact name <strong>and</strong> number for people<br />
who need additional program or business information.<br />
There is probably not one among us who would knowingly keep<br />
information from reaching those who want it. To ensure that the OA<br />
message gets to where it needs to go, many intergroups spot-check their<br />
phone service or recorded message on a regular basis. Making periodic<br />
calls to check both the accuracy <strong>and</strong> audio quality of recorded<br />
announcements or the professionalism of an answering service is not only<br />
good business—it’s service.<br />
— August 1990, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, May/June 1987<br />
THIRTEENTH STEPPERS—HOW TO CAUTION THEM<br />
• A serious problem involving “thirteenth-steppers” recently came<br />
to light in our area. These people, many of them married, are<br />
highly visible members with impressive weight loss <strong>and</strong><br />
supposedly “strong” program. How can we caution people about<br />
the dangers to themselves <strong>and</strong> others of misdirected sexuality?<br />
A thought often expressed in conversations between OA members<br />
runs something like this: Wouldn’t it be great if Oaers—unlike the rest of<br />
118
the human race—had all their destructive impulses under control at all<br />
times?<br />
As they recover, many OAers become aware of problems that arise<br />
as a result of the recovery process itself. One of these problems is<br />
emerging sexuality. For people who are regaining their physical<br />
attractiveness <strong>and</strong> their self-esteem, these feelings can be powerful <strong>and</strong><br />
frightening. Many OAers, including some of the most successful, are<br />
totally unprepared to deal with them.<br />
This is a subject sponsors might well consider bringing to the<br />
attention of their sponsorees. Beyond being forewarned, however, only a<br />
strong commitment to the principles of our program can give us the<br />
strength to live in a way that will not seriously harm ourselves, other<br />
people or our Fellowship.<br />
The temptation to jump into damaging relationships may be beyond<br />
our power to resist, but like the disease that brought us here, it is no<br />
match for the Power that can—<strong>and</strong> will—remove those shortcomings we<br />
humbly ask to be removed.<br />
— April 1990, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, May/June 1986<br />
THIRTEENTH STEPPERS—SPONSOR, SPONSOREE<br />
• What is OA’s opinion about sexual relationships between<br />
sponsors <strong>and</strong> sponsorees, commonly referred to as thirteenth<br />
stepping? Some men have used the tool of sponsorship to gain<br />
access to women. They usually prefer newcomers, but have also<br />
approached veteran members. Unfortunately, some of these<br />
devastated women have left OA. What can a group or intergroup<br />
do in this situation?<br />
Sponsoring members for purposes other than carrying the message<br />
of recovery from compulsive overeating through the Twelve Steps of<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> is ill-advised. <strong>It</strong> can jeopardize members’<br />
abstinence, emotional stability, mental peace <strong>and</strong> spiritual balance. The<br />
problem is not confined to male members <strong>and</strong> female newcomers, nor to<br />
sponsors <strong>and</strong> sponsorees—it can happen in a variety of ways.<br />
The pamphlet A Guide for Sponsors suggests: “We do not<br />
recommend a sponsor-sponsoree relationship between people who are—<br />
or could be—sexually attracted to each other” (p. 10).<br />
The OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong> Intergroups: Recovery<br />
Opportunities addresses this issue: “You will not find the answers here.<br />
No one can set down the law for OA, but most groups have faced <strong>and</strong><br />
solved problems like these by applying the Twelve Traditions through the<br />
group conscience” (p. 21). If necessary, the issue could be discussed at a<br />
group conscience meeting of the group, making sure not to single out a<br />
specific member.<br />
119
What can an intergroup do? Many issues can be resolved on a oneto-one<br />
basis. Perhaps a longtime member could take the time to explain<br />
to both members the difficulties that may arise for all those involved in<br />
such a situation. Many problems arise out of lack of underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the<br />
consequences, <strong>and</strong> a quiet word at the outset can often resolve an issue<br />
simply <strong>and</strong> effectively. If further action is needed, plan a sponsorship<br />
workshop that clearly addresses the issue of thirteenth stepping. Such<br />
issues can be addressed if we do a searching <strong>and</strong> fearless inventory (Step<br />
Four). Are we aware that if we engage in relationships with newcomers,<br />
harm may be done to others (Steps Eight <strong>and</strong> Nine)? Step Twelve carries<br />
the message of spiritual recovery. Are we giving away our recovery, or<br />
are we taking gratification from others? To minimize the possibility of it<br />
becoming an issue of personalities, the intergroup might consider asking<br />
the region trustee or a longtime member from outside the area to<br />
conduct the workshop.<br />
Intergroups can recommend to groups having problems that they<br />
change their meeting formats to state that the groups do not recommend<br />
sponsor-sponsoree relationships between people who could be sexually<br />
attracted to each other. Newcomers would then have information to guide<br />
them. The language should be general to cover alternative lifestyles as<br />
well.<br />
The Twelve Traditions <strong>and</strong> common sense are the guiding forces in<br />
these situations. Those members slow in getting the message should be<br />
approached in the spirit of OA: They are most welcome in OA, but<br />
thirteenth-step behavior is not.<br />
— May 2005<br />
TOOLS—CREATION OF<br />
• The OA tools help me work the Steps, achieve recovery <strong>and</strong><br />
create a better me! Where did the “tools” of our beloved OA<br />
program come from? I cannot seem to find information anywhere.<br />
The tools were developed within OA! The “creation” of the tools was<br />
actually an evolutionary process. There are no easy answers. However,<br />
here’s what has been surmised with the help of the OA archives; the<br />
publications manager, S<strong>and</strong>ra Herzog; <strong>and</strong> OA co-founder, Rozanne S.:<br />
Around 1963, a piece of OA literature was available entitled<br />
“<strong>Questions</strong> & <strong>Answers</strong> about the OA Program.” <strong>It</strong> first mentions several of<br />
the tools, but doesn’t recognize them as tools. In 1966, with the first To<br />
the Newcomer pamphlet, again several tools were mentioned.<br />
As time went on, a pattern was being developed <strong>and</strong> noticed within<br />
the Fellowship. Thus, in 1973, the first The Tools of Recovery pamphlet<br />
featured six of the now eight tools: Abstinence, Sponsorship, Meetings,<br />
Literature, Telephone <strong>and</strong> Anonymity. In 1976, there was a second<br />
120
printing of the pamphlet, when Service was added as the seventh tool. In<br />
the 1981 version of the pamphlet, Writing appears for the first time as<br />
the eighth tool.<br />
This evolutionary process seems to keep going based on current or<br />
future needs of the Fellowship. Changes, additions or deletions can occur<br />
during the World Service Business Conference where delegates<br />
representing the grassroots of OA the world over vote on a variety of<br />
motions, one which could include the tools.<br />
We hope this helps, <strong>and</strong> thanks for the question!<br />
— March 1995, third paragraph corrected in May 1995<br />
—<br />
Correction:<br />
We have been made aware that the March 1995 <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong><br />
regarding the origin of the OA tools needs some clarification. In 1973, the<br />
first Tools of Recovery pamphlet featured six of the current eight tools:<br />
Abstinence, Sponsorship, Meetings, Literature, Telephone <strong>and</strong> Anonymity.<br />
In 1976, there was a second printing of the pamphlet, when Service was<br />
added as the seventh tool. In the 1981 version of the pamphlet, Writing<br />
appears for the first time as the eighth tool. Thanks to those who wrote.<br />
— May 1995<br />
TOOLS—PAMPHLET OUTDATED, REWRITTEN OR SHORTENED<br />
• A recent <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong> question in <strong>Lifeline</strong> dealt with a meeting<br />
using an older tools pamphlet. What if a group has knowingly<br />
chosen an outdated version or has rewritten the tool completely<br />
or shortened it substantially?<br />
<strong>Ask</strong> why the group or intergroup insists on using an outdated<br />
pamphlet. Then ask why they are altering the literature. OA’s eight tools<br />
of recovery are a plan of eating, sponsorship, meetings, the telephone,<br />
writing, literature, anonymity <strong>and</strong> service. Some groups add tools such as<br />
love, humor, etc. This is confusing for the newcomer. If the group insists<br />
on adding tools, then when the tools are read, a statement should be<br />
made indicating which are the actual OA tools. Using out-of-date<br />
pamphlets is not acceptable, <strong>and</strong> the group should dispose of its current<br />
stock. Group autonomy does not cover altering literature. Rewriting,<br />
shortening or otherwise altering OA Conference-approved literature<br />
affects other groups <strong>and</strong> OA as a whole.<br />
— January 1999<br />
TOOLS—USING OUTDATED PAMPHLET<br />
• How would you approach a meeting that is reading from the old<br />
“tools” pamphlet?<br />
121
A Board of Trustees member attended a meeting last summer<br />
where this occurred. At the appropriate time in the meeting, the trustee<br />
asked if the group knew that a new tools pamphlet had replaced the old<br />
one. The group did not know this. The group then placed this issue on its<br />
next steering committee agenda. The trustee attended the committee<br />
meeting <strong>and</strong> brought the new tools pamphlet. The committee voted to<br />
throw out the old one.<br />
Sometimes we just need to educate ourselves. If a group does not<br />
send a representative to intergroup, the message of what is new or<br />
changing in OA is not passed back to the group. Also, the WSO, through<br />
its mailings, informs groups about new <strong>and</strong> revised literature. To receive<br />
the mailings, the name <strong>and</strong> address of the group secretary must be<br />
current at WSO. If the group secretary has changed or has moved, the<br />
group should send the new name <strong>and</strong>/or address to the WSO as soon as<br />
possible. By keeping this information current, the group stays informed of<br />
OA literature <strong>and</strong> other news.<br />
— October 1998<br />
TRADITIONS—AND BYLAWS<br />
• Is it a break in Traditions to change Steps Three <strong>and</strong> Eleven<br />
when reading aloud? Rather than saying “Made a decision to turn<br />
our will <strong>and</strong> our lives over to the care of God as we understood<br />
Him,” we might change Step Three to read, “Made a decision to<br />
turn our will <strong>and</strong> our lives over to the care of God as we<br />
understood Her (or <strong>It</strong>)”? Is this a violation of Traditions Two, Four<br />
or Ten?<br />
Changing the Steps or Traditions in this way may seem minor, but<br />
it is changing them. Experience has shown that while minor changes may<br />
seem innocent, they could be taken as precedent <strong>and</strong> used as an excuse<br />
for other changes. The OA Inc. Bylaws, Subpart B, Article XIV, Section 1,<br />
items d <strong>and</strong> e, specify a procedure for making changes to the Twelve<br />
Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions. The need expressed by some to make<br />
changes in our own way <strong>and</strong> time appears to be disregarding the group<br />
conscience of OA as a whole.<br />
We find it wiser to leave things as they are <strong>and</strong> trust in the due<br />
process, which is set in the bylaws as determined by the World Service<br />
Business Conference, the group conscience of OA as a whole.<br />
— August 2003<br />
TRADITIONS—BREAKS OF DURING SHARES<br />
• Can you suggest a tactful way to h<strong>and</strong>le Tradition breaks during<br />
shares at meetings?<br />
122
When someone shares in a meeting, we underst<strong>and</strong> that what that<br />
person says is his or her current underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the program. <strong>It</strong> is not a<br />
definitive statement about OA’s Steps, Traditions or policies. As we grow<br />
in recovery, our underst<strong>and</strong>ing grows. <strong>It</strong> is important that this statement<br />
from the Suggested Meeting Format be read in meetings: “The opinions<br />
expressed here are those of individual OA members <strong>and</strong> do not represent<br />
OA as a whole.”<br />
People who make Tradition breaks usually are not yet familiar with<br />
the Traditions. They need education, not criticism. When a person breaks<br />
a Tradition during a share, usually it is best to let him or her continue<br />
speaking—however serious the Tradition break. Challenging the Tradition<br />
break in a meeting can lead to a heated discussion that can disrupt the<br />
meeting.<br />
Occasionally, a Tradition break can be addressed in a meeting by<br />
someone sharing a circumstance in which he or she upheld that Tradition,<br />
without noting the Tradition break that occurred. However, this requires<br />
great care or it can seem to become a criticism of the original share.<br />
When someone’s anonymity is broken, the rest of us in the group<br />
must not break the Tradition ourselves by repeating what we heard. An<br />
even tougher discipline is to not allow what we heard to influence the way<br />
we react to the person whose anonymity was broken.<br />
Consider two things we can do outside the meeting:<br />
Group Help—If Tradition breaks happen often or if people in the<br />
meeting are very upset by a Tradition break, it is probably best to call for<br />
a group conscience to discuss Tradition breaks in general. We can start<br />
the group conscience with a short workshop <strong>and</strong> discussion on the<br />
Traditions <strong>and</strong> their importance. <strong>It</strong> may help to read from Tradition Two in<br />
the OA “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve”: “Not all our group decisions will be wise <strong>and</strong><br />
practical. We do make mistakes sometimes <strong>and</strong> have to look for better<br />
answers to a problem. Another group conscience vote can be taken when<br />
something needs to be corrected” (p. 122).<br />
Individual Help—Someone (perhaps that person’s sponsor) can take<br />
the person breaking the Tradition out for coffee <strong>and</strong> talk about the<br />
Traditions, speaking not as a teacher, but in a way that enables the two<br />
members to feel equal. The person talking about the Traditions must be<br />
as free of self-will, pride <strong>and</strong> criticism of the other as possible. <strong>It</strong> helps to<br />
think of all the good things about the other <strong>and</strong> to mention these things if<br />
it seems appropriate, praying before attempting this.<br />
— March 2005<br />
TRADITIONS—PROTECTING<br />
• How do you protect the Traditions without becoming an OA cop?<br />
123
Most people do not knowingly violate the Traditions; they simply<br />
need to know more about how the Traditions came into being <strong>and</strong> what<br />
purposes they serve. Many groups conduct regular Tradition-study<br />
meetings on a monthly basis. These serve to inform all members of the<br />
group about the Traditions. The OA “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” enumerates<br />
many examples of Traditions violations; studying <strong>and</strong> discussing the<br />
chapters help to alert members of the group to possible Traditions<br />
problems.<br />
Occasionally, individual members are called upon to address<br />
Traditions violations. <strong>It</strong> is entirely appropriate to approach a person after<br />
a meeting <strong>and</strong> suggest that his or her actions might not be in keeping<br />
with the Traditions <strong>and</strong> to ask the person to examine that possibility by<br />
reading the appropriate chapter in the “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve.” <strong>It</strong> is our<br />
responsibility, both as individuals <strong>and</strong> as groups, to protect our<br />
Traditions.<br />
— October 1999<br />
TRADITIONS—TRADITION FOUR, AUTONOMY<br />
• Tradition Four says we are “autonomous except in matters<br />
affecting other groups or OA as a whole.” How do we decide if a<br />
matter affects other groups or OA as a whole?<br />
Remembering that the Traditions are simply that—traditions that<br />
have been developed out of our experience—<strong>and</strong> not rules, we should<br />
look at Tradition Four in conjunction with Traditions Two <strong>and</strong> Five.<br />
Tradition Five says that the primary purpose of an OA group is “to<br />
carry its message to the compulsive overeater who still suffers.” A group<br />
should consider whether any decision it makes will help or hinder it in<br />
carrying its message to the compulsive overeater who still suffers. When<br />
faced with this sole criterion, many apparently good ideas lose their sense<br />
of urgency!<br />
Tradition Two suggests that our ultimate authority is “a loving God<br />
as He may express himself in our group conscience.” Thus each group<br />
has to formulate its own group conscience, taking into account all<br />
opinions within the group as to whether a decision might be contrary to<br />
Tradition Four. Remember to listen most carefully to the opinions of those<br />
you disagree with, since they may be speaking great truths!<br />
The chapter on Tradition Four in The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />
Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> (pages 137-144) discusses this<br />
Tradition in detail <strong>and</strong> provides examples of matters that can affect other<br />
groups or OA as a whole. Generally these are actions by groups that<br />
involve either not adopting the Twelve Steps or Twelve Traditions or<br />
acting in a way that is contrary to one or more of the Traditions, such as<br />
limiting membership or the ability to share, accepting outside donations<br />
124
or promoting outside enterprises. The questions at the end of the<br />
discussion will help groups make a decision that might affect other groups<br />
or OA as a whole.<br />
— January 2005<br />
WAYS AND MEANS<br />
• What fundraising activities are consistent with OA Traditions? Is<br />
it all right for members of the Fellowship to sell items to<br />
nonmembers? May we sell items that are not related to the OA<br />
program to nonmembers?<br />
OA events such as marathons, retreats <strong>and</strong> workshops are excellent<br />
fundraisers. You can sell T-shirts, mugs <strong>and</strong> other items to members.<br />
However, we suggest that all sale items be approved by group conscience<br />
<strong>and</strong> that sales be conducted in a manner that will not divert attention<br />
from our primary purpose or endorse an outside enterprise.<br />
To answer the second question, we must keep in mind the Seventh<br />
Tradition: “Every OA group ought to be fully self-supporting, declining<br />
outside contributions.” Selling to non-OA members would be accepting<br />
outside contributions. For more information, see Fundraising <strong>and</strong> Prudent<br />
Reserve Guidelines for Groups <strong>and</strong> Intergroups, included in the OA<br />
Guidelines packet, <strong>and</strong> The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of<br />
<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />
— November 2003<br />
WORLD SERVICE BUSINESS CONFERENCE (WSBC)— SUMMARY<br />
AND DELEGATES USE OF<br />
• I like the WSO summary about WSBC. <strong>It</strong>’s helpful <strong>and</strong> timely,<br />
but doesn’t it let delegates off the hook for taking notes <strong>and</strong><br />
writing reports for their intergroups <strong>and</strong> groups?<br />
Each intergroup has bylaws, <strong>and</strong> many have Policy & Procedure<br />
Manuals. The job description for a world service delegate needs to be<br />
outlined so that the person in that service position knows his/her job. Part<br />
of the job is to give a written report to the intergroup. The intergroup can<br />
then dispense the information as it sees fit. The intergroup may put the<br />
information in its newsletter or in IG minutes, or use other means of<br />
distribution. This is being responsible. A report in one of the intergroup’s<br />
minutes regarding the 1997 WSBC was full of positive happenings at<br />
WSBC. All motions were spelled out, whether they passed or failed, <strong>and</strong><br />
the intergroup delegate stated his vote. The Final Conference Report from<br />
WSO does not come out until several months after the Conference.<br />
— May 1998<br />
125
WORLD SERVICE BUSINESS CONFERENCE (WSBC)—WHERE TO<br />
FIND REPORT<br />
• While our intergroup wanted to send a delegate to the World<br />
Service Conference, we were not in a financial position to do so.<br />
However, we are interested in the results of the meeting. Can you<br />
help?<br />
The current Final Conference Report, compiled each year after<br />
Conference, was mailed to all Conference delegates in September. The<br />
Final Conference Report contains the minutes of the business sessions;<br />
OA Bylaws as revised by the Conference; a roster of the Board of<br />
Trustees <strong>and</strong> Conference committee chairpersons; summaries of all<br />
committee meetings, workshops <strong>and</strong> presentations; <strong>and</strong> a list of<br />
Conference delegates. Delegates are urged to share their copy of the<br />
Final Conference Report with their intergroup.<br />
The report was also sent to all registered OA intergroups that did<br />
not send a delegate to the Conference. In addition, their intergroups<br />
received a set of the contents of the Conference binder, which includes<br />
the full agenda for the five-day business meeting <strong>and</strong> other information,<br />
material <strong>and</strong> publications.<br />
Additional copies of both the OA Bylaws Subpart B <strong>and</strong> the current<br />
Final Conference Report are available for $2 each on the literature order<br />
form.<br />
One final note: To raise the necessary funds to send a delegate to<br />
the World Service Conference each May, some intergroups schedule a<br />
variety of fundraising activities throughout the year, earmarking the<br />
proceeds for delegate expenses. Contact other intergroups <strong>and</strong> your<br />
region office for more information.<br />
— June 1992, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />
November/December 1987<br />
WSO CORRESPONDENCE<br />
• How do we ensure that correspondence from the World Service<br />
Office, regions <strong>and</strong> other service bodies reaches all OA members?<br />
The World Service Office (WSO) <strong>and</strong> OA service bodies depend on<br />
OA members who assume service responsibilities to communicate<br />
information to groups. The WSO <strong>and</strong> the regions also depend on those<br />
giving service to communicate information to them. For example, the<br />
person who keeps meeting directories up to date is responsible for<br />
communicating correct mailing addresses for groups <strong>and</strong> intergroups to<br />
the WSO <strong>and</strong> regions. Group <strong>and</strong> intergroup secretaries are responsible<br />
for notifying groups of correspondence received. Group chairs are<br />
responsible for making certain that each group discusses the<br />
126
correspondence chairs receive <strong>and</strong> for making it available to each<br />
member.<br />
WSO <strong>and</strong> Region Mailings: When <strong>and</strong> Why<br />
When: The WSO sends material to each intergroup <strong>and</strong> service<br />
board seven times a year:<br />
In January, April, July <strong>and</strong> October, it sends general mailings, which<br />
can include meeting lists, literature catalogs, messages from the Board of<br />
Trustees <strong>and</strong> other material.<br />
In September, January <strong>and</strong> March, the WSO sends information<br />
about the World Service Business Conference (WSBC) held in April or<br />
May. In January, the WSO sends proposed motions for the next<br />
Conference. The intergroups <strong>and</strong> service boards vote to determine which<br />
motions should go to the WSBC. In March, WSO sends the voting results.<br />
In September, it sends the report from the previous Conference. Groups<br />
may also receive correspondence. Regions send newsletters <strong>and</strong> other<br />
correspondence to groups.<br />
Why: The WSO exists to serve the membership <strong>and</strong> implements<br />
decisions made by the Board of Trustees or the WSBC. <strong>It</strong> keeps our<br />
meeting directory <strong>and</strong> Web site current, produces (but doesn’t write) our<br />
literature, responds to media inquiries <strong>and</strong> provides a link among OA<br />
groups <strong>and</strong> members who need information or help. The WSBC elects the<br />
Board of Trustees, whose purpose is also to serve the membership.<br />
The correspondence sent by regions <strong>and</strong> the WSO doesn’t set rules<br />
that members or groups should obey. <strong>It</strong> is simply part of an ongoing<br />
discussion among OA members. Sometimes the correspondence reflects<br />
the group conscience of OA as a whole through resolutions from the<br />
WSBC. These are important for OA members to read <strong>and</strong> discuss because<br />
they affect the ability of OA as a whole to carry the message to<br />
compulsive overeaters who still suffer. Tradition Five says that each<br />
group’s primary purpose is to carry the message.<br />
Tradition Two makes clear that no person is in charge of another<br />
person in OA; the only authority is “a loving God as he may express<br />
himself in our group conscience.”<br />
Our Twelfth Step says we must try to carry our message to the<br />
compulsive overeater. OA as a whole exists to do that job as well as<br />
possible. Correspondence from the WSO <strong>and</strong> the regions helps us carry<br />
our message. Let’s all make sure it is read <strong>and</strong> discussed.<br />
— March 2003<br />
YOUNG PEOPLE<br />
• I started eating compulsively as a young teen but didn’t find OA<br />
until fifteen years later. How can I spread the message of OA<br />
127
ecovery to young compulsive overeaters in my area? I don’t want<br />
them to suffer as I did.<br />
Many OA members began having problems with food when very<br />
young. Forty-five percent were under twelve; 18 percent were between<br />
twelve <strong>and</strong> seventeen. 1 Among the many things you can do to reach<br />
young people are:<br />
Publicize <strong>and</strong> start a young people’s meeting in your area. For<br />
assistance, refer to our Young People’s Meeting Kit, the Young People’s<br />
Meeting Format <strong>and</strong> the Teen Meeting audiocassette. If you establish or<br />
change a young people’s meeting, notify the World Service Young<br />
People’s Committee (in care of the World Service Office). The committee<br />
maintains a list of all young people’s meetings.<br />
Photocopy “One Day the Young People’s Way” 2 OA’s young people’s<br />
newsletter, <strong>and</strong> distribute it at your meetings <strong>and</strong> to interested young<br />
people. The newsletter is a forum for young people’s recovery <strong>and</strong><br />
creativity.<br />
Spread the word about OA’s young people’s pen-pal program.<br />
Members under age 25 can register for the program by returning the<br />
form on page 24. This program is especially helpful in areas where young<br />
people’s meetings are scarce <strong>and</strong> transportation to meetings is difficult.<br />
Pen pals automatically receive a subscription to “One Day the Young<br />
People’s Way” [no longer available].<br />
Start a Young People’s Committee at your intergroup level.<br />
Establish a young people’s corner in your intergroup <strong>and</strong> region<br />
newsletters.<br />
Have meetings <strong>and</strong> fellowship for young people at intergroup <strong>and</strong><br />
region events.<br />
Offer free literature to young people at meetings. <strong>It</strong>ems to have on<br />
h<strong>and</strong> include The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />
<strong>Anonymous</strong>: A Kid’s View, Billy’s Story, [no longer available] <strong>and</strong> To the<br />
Teen (brochure <strong>and</strong> checklist).<br />
Offer a “taxi service” for young people who can’t get transportation<br />
to meetings.<br />
Leave OA meeting lists <strong>and</strong> literature (with permission) at doctors’<br />
<strong>and</strong> pediatricians’ offices. The new flyer, “To Parents <strong>and</strong> Concerned<br />
Adults,” poses questions that could help these individuals detect whether<br />
a teen has problems with food.<br />
Donate books/pamphlets to school libraries.<br />
Participate in school <strong>and</strong> shopping-mall health fairs.<br />
Arrange talks for local high school students.<br />
Arrange for showing of OA films at PTA meetings.<br />
1. According to the 1992 OA membership survey analyzed by the Gallup Organization.<br />
2. Formerly called “A New Life.”<br />
128
Hold in-service meetings with school guidance counselors <strong>and</strong><br />
school nurses.<br />
List meetings in school newspapers.<br />
Place public service announcements (PSAs) on cable TV channels<br />
frequently watched by young people.<br />
For other helpful outreach information, consult the Public<br />
Information Service Manual <strong>and</strong> the Hospitals, Institutions, <strong>and</strong><br />
Professionals Service Manual.<br />
129